EX-4.2




 Exhibit 4.2 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of April 1, 2022, among the undersigned guarantors
(each a “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”, and collectively, the “Guaranteeing Subsidiaries”), each a direct or indirect subsidiary of APi Group Corporation (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation
(“Holdings”), APi Group DE, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a subsidiary of Holdings (the “Company”), and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the
“Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “June Indenture”), dated as of
June 22, 2021, providing for the issuance of U.S. dollar-denominated 4.125% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “June Notes”); 

WHEREAS, the June Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the June Notes and the June Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note
Guarantee”); 
 WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “October
Indenture”), dated as of October 21, 2021, providing for the issuance of U.S. dollar-denominated 4.750% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “October Notes”), and in connection therewith the undersigned desire to amend the
June Indenture, as hereinafter provided, to (a) require certain direct and indirect foreign subsidiaries of Holdings, which were not previously required to guarantee the June Notes, to hereafter guarantee the June Notes so that Holders (as
defined in the June Indenture) may receive the benefit of the rights available to holders of the October Notes, (b) ensure that the rights of the holders of June Notes and October Notes are pari passu with the respect to Holdings’
domestic and foreign subsidiaries, and (c) facilitate the granting of guarantees by foreign guarantors, by accounting for foreign regulations and commercial affairs to which they are subject; 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01(e) of the June Indenture, Holdings has determined that the changes to the June Indenture as reflected
on Exhibit A hereto, provide additional rights and benefits to the Holders and do not adversely affect the legal rights under the June Indenture of any such Holder; and 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the June Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries, the Company, and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the June Indenture.












 2. AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE. The June Indenture is hereby amended in accordance with the
provisions of Section 9.01(e) of the June Indenture, in the form of the June Indenture set forth on Exhibit A hereto by (a) deleting each term thereof which is reflected in red strike-through font (by way of an example) and (b) by inserting each term thereof which is reflected in blue double underlined font
(by way of an example), in each case in the place where
such term appears therein, whereby, upon the execution of this Supplemental Indenture, the terms and provisions set forth in Exhibit A shall replace and supersede the terms and provisions of the June Indenture in their entirety. Except as
expressly set forth herein, this Supplemental Indenture and the amended terms of the June Indenture as reflected in Exhibit A shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and
remedies of any parties to the June Indenture. Upon the execution of this Supplemental Indenture, each reference in the June Indenture (including the Exhibits and Schedules thereto) to “the Indenture,” “this
Indenture,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “herein,” or words of like import, and each reference in the other security documents appurtenant to the June Indenture (including, without limitation, by
means of words like “thereunder”, “thereof” and words of like import), shall mean and be a reference to the June Indenture as reflected on Exhibit A hereto. 

3. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiaries hereby agree to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the June Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof. 
 4. NO RECOURSE
AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present, or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, or any of their direct or indirect parent companies, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of
the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the June Indenture or the Note Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all
such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 

5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT
GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING AGAINST IT WITH
RESPECT TO ITS OBLIGATIONS, LIABILITIES OR ANY OTHER MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS AND SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF EACH SUCH COURT IN PERSONAM, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTIES, ASSETS AND
REVENUES. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE OR THE
TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

  
 2 












 6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental
Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument. The exchange
of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile, PDF or other electronic transmissions shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of
the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile, PDF or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. The words “execution,”
“signed,”, “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Supplemental Indenture or any document to be signed in connection with this Supplemental Indenture (including, without limitation, the
Notes, direction or any Officer’s Certificate) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, including without limitation, digital signature provided by DocuSign (or such other digital signature provider as specified in writing to the
relevant Agent by the authorized representative), each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature. The Company agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of using digital signatures
and electronic methods to submit communications to the relevant Agent, including without limitation the risk of the relevant Agent acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties. 

7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 

8. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this
Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Company. 

[Signature pages follow] 

  
 3 












 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	API GROUP DE, INC. as Issuer
		
	By:	 	/s/ Kristen Bettmann


 
			
	Name:	 	Kristen Bettmann
	Title:	 	Treasurer


  

			
	API GROUP CORPORATION, as a Guarantor
		
	By:	 	/s/ Kristen Bettmann


 
			
	Name:	 	Kristen Bettmann
	Title:	 	Treasurer













 
			
	 3S INCORPORATED
 A.P.I. GARAGE
DOOR, INC.
 A. P. I. INC.
 AMERICAN FIRE PROTECTION GROUP,
INC.
 API ACQUISITION IV, INC.
 API ACQUISITION V, INC.

API GROUP, INC.
 API GROUP LIFE SAFETY USA LLC

API NATIONAL SERVICE GROUP, INC.
 API REAL ESTATE, LLC

CLASSIC INDUSTRIAL SERVICES, INC.
 CREAM RIDGE CONSTRUCTION CO.,
INC.
 DAVIS-ULMER SPRINKLER COMPANY, INC.
 GRUNAU COMPANY,
INC.
 ICS, INC.
 INTERNATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION, INC.

J. FLETCHER CREAMER & SON, INC.
 JOMAX CONSTRUCTION
COMPANY, INC.
 LEJEUNE STEEL COMPANY
 METROPOLITAN MECHANICAL
CONTRACTORS, INC.
 MID-OHIO PIPELINE COMPANY, INC.

MID-OHIO PIPELINE SERVICES, LLC

MMC HOLDINGS, LLC
 MP NEXLEVEL OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

MP NEXLEVEL, LLC
 NEXLEVEL INC.

MP TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
 NEXUS ALARM AND SUPPRESSION, INC.

NORTHLAND CONSTRUCTORS OF DULUTH, INC.
 SPRINKLER ACQUISITION,
LLC
 TECHNOLOGIES INC.
 THE JAMAR COMPANY

TL NEXLEVEL COMPANIES, LLC
 TLR CONSULTING, INC.

TESSIER’S INC.
 UNITED PIPING, INC.

UNITED STATES ALLIANCE FIRE PROTECTION, INC.
 VIKING AUTOMATIC
SPRINKLER COMPANY
 WRIGHT SERVICE CENTER, LLC,

      as Guarantors

		
	By:	 	/s/ Kristen Bettmann


 
			
	Name:	 	Kristen Bettmann
	Title:	 	Treasurer













 
	
	T.TEXAS SPRINKLER, LP, as a Guarantor


  

			
	By:	 	Sprinkler Acquisition, LLC, General Partner


  

			
	By:	 	/s/ Kristen Bettmann


 
			
	Name:	 	Kristen Bettmann
	Title:	 	Treasurer













 
	
	COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee


  

			
	By:	 	/s/ Jerry Urbanek
		 	Name: Jerry Urbanek













 EXHIBIT A 

INDENTURE 
 [See attached] 











  

API GROUP DE, INC. 
 AND EACH OF
THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 
 4.125% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2029 
  

 
 INDENTURE 

Dated as of June 22, 2021 
  

 
  

 
 Computershare
Trust Company, N.A., 
 as Trustee 
  

 











 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	 Article 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	 	1	 
			
	 Section 1.01
	  	Certain Definitions	  	 	1	 
	 Section 1.02
	  	Other Definitions	  	 	3738	 
	 Section 1.03
	  	Rules of Construction	  	 	3839	 
	 Article 2 THE NOTES
	  	 	3839	 
	 Section 2.01
	  	Form and Dating	  	 	3839	 
	 Section 2.02
	  	Execution and Authentication	  	 	3940	 
	 Section 2.03
	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	4041	 
	 Section 2.04
	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	4041	 
	 Section 2.05
	  	Holder Lists	  	 	4042	 
	 Section 2.06
	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	4142	 
	 Section 2.07
	  	Replacement Notes	  	 	5253	 
	 Section 2.08
	  	Outstanding Notes	  	 	5253	 
	 Section 2.09
	  	Treasury Notes	  	 	5354	 
	 Section 2.10
	  	Temporary Notes	  	 	5354	 
	 Section 2.11
	  	Cancellation	  	 	5354	 
	 Section 2.12
	  	Defaulted Interest	  	 	5354	 
	 Section 2.13
	  	Additional Notes	  	 	5455	 
		
	 Article 3 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
	  	 	5455	 
			
	 Section 3.01
	  	Notices to Trustee	  	 	5455	 
	 Section 3.02
	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased	  	 	5556	 
	 Section 3.03
	  	Notice of Redemption	  	 	5556	 
	 Section 3.04
	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	5657	 
	 Section 3.05
	  	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price	  	 	5657	 
	 Section 3.06
	  	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part	  	 	5758	 
	 Section 3.07
	  	Optional Redemption	  	 	5758	 
	 Section 3.08
	  	Mandatory Redemption	  	 	5960	 
	 Section 3.09
	  	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	  	 	5960	 
	 Section 3.10 
	  	Redemption for Changes in Taxes 	  	 	62 	 
		
	 Article 4 COVENANTS
	  	 	6163	 
			
	 Section 4.01
	  	Payment of Notes	  	 	6163	 
	 Section 4.02
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	6163	 
	 Section 4.03
	  	Reports	  	 	6264	 
	 Section 4.04
	  	Compliance Certificate	  	 	6264	 
	 Section 4.05
	  	[Reserved]	  	 	6365	 
	 Section 4.06
	  	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	 	6365	 
	 Section 4.07
	  	Restricted Payments	  	 	6365	 


  
 i 













							
	 Section 4.08
	  	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	7072	 
	 Section 4.09
	  	 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred
Stock
	  	 	7375	 
	 Section 4.10
	  	 Asset Sales
	  	 	8082	 
	 Section 4.11
	  	 Transactions with Affiliates
	  	 	8385	 
	 Section 4.12
	  	 Liens
	  	 	8587	 
	 Section 4.13
	  	 Corporate Existence
	  	 	8688	 
	 Section 4.14
	  	 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
	  	 	8688	 
	 Section 4.15
	  	 Payments for Consent
	  	 	8890	 
	 Section 4.16
	  	 Additional Note Guarantees
	  	 	8991	 
	 Section 4.17
	  	 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	8992	 
	 Section 4.18
	  	 Covenant Suspension
	  	 	9093	 
		
	 Article 5 SUCCESSORS
	  	 	9297	 
			
	 Section 5.01
	  	 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets
	  	 	9297	 
	 Section 5.02
	  	 Successor Corporation Substituted
	  	 	9499	 
		
	 Article 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  	 	94100	 
			
	 Section 6.01
	  	 Events of Default
	  	 	94100	 
	 Section 6.02
	  	 Acceleration
	  	 	96101	 
	 Section 6.03
	  	 Other Remedies
	  	 	97102	 
	 Section 6.04
	  	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	97103	 
	 Section 6.05
	  	 Control by Majority
	  	 	98103	 
	 Section 6.06
	  	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	98103	 
	 Section 6.07
	  	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	  	 	98104	 
	 Section 6.08
	  	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	99104	 
	 Section 6.09
	  	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	99104	 
	 Section 6.10
	  	 Priorities
	  	 	99105	 
	 Section 6.11
	  	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	100105	 
		
	 Article 7 TRUSTEE
	  	 	100105	 
			
	 Section 7.01
	  	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	100105	 
	 Section 7.02
	  	 Rights of Trustee and Agents
	  	 	101107	 
	 Section 7.03
	  	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	103108	 
	 Section 7.04
	  	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	103108	 
	 Section 7.05
	  	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	103108	 
	 Section 7.06
	  	 [Reserved]
	  	 	103109	 
	 Section 7.07
	  	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	103109	 
	 Section 7.08
	  	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	104110	 
	 Section 7.09
	  	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	  	 	105110	 
	 Section 7.10
	  	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	105110	 
	 Section 7.11
	  	 Resignation of Agents
	  	 	105110	 


  
 ii 













							
	 Article 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	  	 	106111	 
			
	 Section 8.01
	 	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	106111	 
	 Section 8.02
	 	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	  	 	106112	 
	 Section 8.03
	 	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	107112	 
	 Section 8.04
	 	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	107113	 
	 Section 8.05
	 	 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions
	  	 	109115	 
	 Section 8.06
	 	 Repayment to Company
	  	 	109115	 
	 Section 8.07
	 	 Reinstatement
	  	 	110115	 
		
	 Article 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	  	 	110115	 
			
	 Section 9.01
	 	 Without Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	110115	 
	 Section 9.02
	 	 With Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	111117	 
	 Section 9.03
	 	 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	 	113119	 
	 Section 9.04
	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	113119	 
	 Section 9.05
	 	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	 	114119	 
		
	 Article 10 NOTE GUARANTEES
	  	 	114119	 
			
	 Section 10.01
	 	 Guarantee
	  	 	114119	 
	 Section 10.02
	 	 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	  	 	115121	 
	 Section 10.03
	 	 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee
	  	 	116121	 
	 Section 10.04
	 	 Releases
	  	 	116121	 
		
	 Article 11 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	  	 	117123	 
			
	 Section 11.01
	 	 Satisfaction and Discharge
	  	 	117123	 
	 Section 11.02
	 	 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	118124	 
		
	Article 12 MISCELLANEOUS	  	 	119124	 
			
	 Section 12.01
	 	 Notices
	  	 	119124	 
	 Section 12.02
	 	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	121126	 
	 Section 12.03
	 	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	121126	 
	 Section 12.04
	 	 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	  	 	121127	 
	 Section 12.05
	 	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
	  	 	121127	 
	 Section 12.06
	 	 Governing Law
	  	 	122127	 
	 Section 12.07
	 	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	 	122127	 
	 Section 12.08
	 	 Successors
	  	 	122127	 
	 Section 12.09
	 	 Severability
	  	 	122128	 
	 Section 12.10
	 	 Counterpart Originals
	  	 	122128	 
	 Section 12.11
	 	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc
	  	 	123128	 
	 Section 12.12
	 	 Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange Restrictions
	  	 	123128	 
	 Section 12.13
	 	 Calculations
	  	 	125130	 


  
 iii 













							
	 Section 12.14
	 	 Compliance with European Sanctions and International Embargoes
	  	 	125130	 
	 Section 12.15
	 	 Note Purchases by Company and Affiliates
	  	 	125130	 

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	 Exhibit A
	  	FORM OF NOTE
	 Exhibit B
	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
	 Exhibit C
	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
	 Exhibit D
	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROMACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL
	 	  	ACCREDITED INVESTOR
	 Exhibit E
	  	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED BY
	 	  	SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS
	 Exhibit F 
	  	FORM OF INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT 


  
 iv 












 INDENTURE dated as of June 22, 2021 among APi Group DE, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
the Guarantors (as defined below), and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. as Trustee. 
 The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as
follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of the 4.125% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”). 

ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01 Certain Definitions. 

“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and
the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on
Rule 144A. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted
Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; and 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with
Sections 2.13 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes. 
 “Advisory Agreement” means the
Advisory Services Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2019 between Holdings and Mariposa Capital, LLC. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control
with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
agreement or otherwise. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar, transfer agent, Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent or additional
Paying Agent. 











 “Applicable Currency Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount
in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for the determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase
of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as quoted by Reuters at approximately 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on the date not more than two Business Days prior to such determination. 

“Applicable Premium” means, as calculated by the Company with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

 (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; or 

(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at
July 15, 2024, (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(d) hereof) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through July 15, 2024 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the
Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such Note. 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note,
the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 
 “Asset
Sale” means: 
 (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series
of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a
“disposition”); or 
 (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than
Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09 herein), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions; 

in each case, other than: 
 (a)
any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or surplus, obsolete or worn-out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other
assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business; 
 (b) the disposition of all or substantially
all of the assets of Holdings in a manner permitted pursuant to, the provisions of Section 5.01 herein or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control under this Indenture; 

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under
Section 4.07 herein or under the definition of “Permitted Investment”; 

  
 2 












 (d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any
Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million; 

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or by Holdings or a
Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”) or comparable law or regulation, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business; 

(g) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an
Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (i) foreclosures, condemnations or any similar action with respect to assets or the granting of
Liens not prohibited by this Indenture; 
 (j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with
any Receivables Facility and any transactions in connection with the Factoring Program; 
 (k) any financing transaction with
respect to the acquisition or construction of property by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted under this
Indenture; 
 (l) the licensing and sub-licensing of intellectual property or other
general intangibles in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 
 (m) the sale, discount or other
disposition of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable; and 

(n) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation
claims in the ordinary course of business. 
 “Asset Sale Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10(c) under
this Indenture. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief
of debtors. 

  
 3 












 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in
Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right
is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 

“board of directors” means, with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation, and with respect to any
other Person, the board or committee of such Person, or board of directors of the general partner or general manager of such Person serving a similar function. 

“Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday. 

“Calculation Date” means the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, Total
Net Leverage Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as applicable, shall occur. 
 “Canadian
 Pension Plan” means a
“registered
 pension
plan”,
 as that term is defined in subsection 248(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada), which is sponsored, administered or contributed to, or required to be contributed to by, any primary obligor or under which any primary obligor has any liability.
 
 “Capital Stock” means: 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company,
partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers
on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in
respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP; provided that any obligations of Holdings or any
Restricted Subsidiary either existing on the Issue Date or created prior to any recharacterization described below (i) that were not included on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings as capital lease obligations and (ii) that are
subsequently recharacterized as capital lease obligations due to a change in accounting treatment or otherwise, shall for all purposes under this Indenture (including, without limitation, the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and EBITDA) not be
treated as capital lease obligations, Capitalized Lease Obligations or Indebtedness. 

  
 4 












 “Captive Insurance Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary established by
Holdings for the primary purpose of insuring the business or properties owned or operated by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any Subsidiary of any such insurance subsidiary established for the same primary purpose described in
clause (i) above. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) United States Dollars; 

(2) (a) Canadian Dollars, pounds sterling, yen and euros; or (b) such local currencies held by Holdings or any Restricted
Subsidiary from time to time in the ordinary course of business; 
 (3) securities issued or directly and fully and
unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government (or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the U.S. government), with maturities of
24 months or less from the date of acquisition; 
 (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and Eurodollar time deposits
with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than
$500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. Dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks; 

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) above entered into
with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; 
 (6) commercial paper rated
at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from
another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof; 
 (7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively
(or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof; 

(8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through
(7) above; 
 (9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United
States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; 

  
 5 












 (10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of
“A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and 

(11) Investments with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1)
and (2) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts. 

“CFC Holdco” means a Domestic
Subsidiary that has no material assets other than equity interests or equity interests and indebtedness in one or more CFCs or other CFC Holdcos. 

“CFC” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date: 

(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of
Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or 
 (2) Holdings becomes
aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1)
under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or
indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking,
S.A., or any successor securities clearance agency. 
 “Company” means APi Group DE, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of
depreciation and amortization expense and capitalized fees related to any Receivables Facility and amortization of intangible assets, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, including the amortization of deferred financing fees of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 6 












 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any
period, without duplication, the sum of: 
 (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all
commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any
non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease
Obligations and (e) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness and excluding (t) penalties and interest relating to taxes; (u) accretion
or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (v) any expense resulting from the discounting of any outstanding Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition,
(w) any “additional interest” with respect to other securities, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing
fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus 

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued;
less 
 (3) interest income for such period. 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably
determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication, 

(1) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of
accounting policies during such period shall be excluded, 
 (2) any after-tax effect
of income (loss) from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued
operations shall be excluded, 

  
 7 












 (3) any after-tax effect of gains or
losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by
Holdings, shall be excluded, 
 (4) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or is an
Unrestricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided, however, that such income or loss of such Person shall be included for such period to the extent Consolidated Net Income and
Consolidated EBITDA are being calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with this Indenture; and provided, further, that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments
that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, 

(5) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(III)(A)
hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net
Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree,
order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that
Consolidated Net Income of Holdings will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) or Cash Equivalents to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof
in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein, 
 (6) any
after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded, 

(7) any impairment charge or asset write-off or
write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets or investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be
excluded, 
 (8) any non-cash compensation or similar charge or expense or reduction
of revenue, including any such charge or amount arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity
Interests by management, other employees or business partners of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or subsidiaries shall be excluded, 

  
 8 












 (9) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any
amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance, repayment or amendment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or
modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including, without limitation, any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed), any non-cash
expenses or charges recorded in accordance with GAAP relating to currency valuation of foreign denominated debt and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such
transaction including any non-cash expenses or charges recorded in accordance with GAAP relating to equity interests issued to non-employees in exchange for services
provided in connection with any acquisition or business arrangement (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) shall be excluded, 

(10) all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring charges, gains and losses (including,
without limitation, all restructuring costs, facilities relocation costs, acquisition integration costs and fees, including cash severance payments made in connection with acquisitions, and any expense or charge related to the repurchase of Capital
Stock or warrants or options to purchase Capital Stock), and the related tax effects according to GAAP shall be excluded, 

(11) inventory purchase accounting adjustments and amortization and impairment charges resulting from other purchase accounting
adjustments in connection with acquisition transactions shall be excluded, 
 (12) the income of any Person (other than a
Restricted Subsidiary) in which any other Person (other than a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary or any director holding qualifying shares in accordance with applicable law) has an interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other
distributions actually paid to a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary by such Person shall be excluded, 
 (13) the following
items shall be excluded: 
 (a) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Hedging
Obligations and the application of ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging; and 
 (b) foreign currency and other non-operating gain or loss and foreign currency gain (loss) included in other operating expenses including any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency translation gains
or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk). 

  
 9 












 In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds actually received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses
and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Indenture. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of Section 4.07 only (other than Section 4.07(a)(III)(D)), there shall be excluded from
Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from Holdings and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted
Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to Section 4.07(a)(III)(D). 

For the avoidance of doubt, cash amounts used by Holdings or its Subsidiaries to make purchases of debt (including, without limitation,
purchases of Term Loans or Notes) shall not reduce Consolidated Net Income, nor will any non-cash gain associated with the cancellation of such purchased debt increase Consolidated Net Income. 

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends
or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such
Person, whether or not contingent, 
 (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or
indirect security therefor, 
 (2) to advance or supply funds 

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or 

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of
the primary obligor, or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner
of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 

“continuing” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or Event of Default, as the case may
be, has not been cured or waived. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” means the address of the Trustee specified in
Section 12.01 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Company. 

  
 10 












 “Credit Facilities” means, with respect to Holdings or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures), providing for revolving credit loans,
term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments,
supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or
commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is
permitted under Section 4.09 herein) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders. 

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with
Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued, in whole or in part, in global form, the Person
specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to
an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of Holdings, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such
Designated Non-cash Consideration. 
 “Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred
Stock of Holdings or any parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of Holdings or the applicable parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance
date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.07(a)(III). 

  
 11 












 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock
of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a
change of control or asset sale or other than redeemable for Capital Stock of such Person that is not itself Disqualified Stock) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than
solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale or other than redeemable for Capital Stock of such Person that is not itself Disqualified Stock), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the maturity date of the
Notes and if and to the extent that any of the foregoing would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is
issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings or its
Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. 
 “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means
any Restricted Subsidiary that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia other than any such Restricted Subsidiary that is a CFC Holdco or a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that
is a CFC. 
 “EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such
period: 
 (1) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than clause (g) below) to the
extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period: 
 (a) provision for taxes based
on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Delaware franchise tax, the Pennsylvania capital tax, Texas margin tax and provincial capital taxes paid in Canada) and foreign
withholding taxes and penalties and interest relating to taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted and not added back in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative
instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and unrealized losses in respect of Obligations under swap contracts, (y) bank fees and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case,
to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (1)(t) through (z) thereof to the extent the same were deducted (and not
added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization
Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 

  
 12 












 (d) the amount of any restructuring charges, integration, acquisition or
disposition (or potential acquisition or disposition) related costs (whether incurred prior to, or after, the consummation of any such acquisition or disposition (or potential acquisition or disposition)), retention or separation charges, stock
option and any other equity-based compensation expenses deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs
incurred in connection with acquisitions and dispositions (or potential acquisitions or dispositions) before or after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure, transfer, sale and/or consolidation of facilities; plus 

(e) any other non-cash charges, expenses or losses (including, but not limited to, non-cash rent expense, impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets and exchange rate losses) of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary including any write-offs or write-downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in
any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus 

(f) income attributable to non-controlling interests in Subsidiaries to the extent
deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (g) (i) the amount of net
cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives projected by Holdings in good faith to be realized as a result of actions initiated or to be initiated or taken on or prior to the date that is 24
months after the Issue Date or 24 months after the consummation or initiation, as the case may be, of any acquisition, amalgamation, merger, disposition, operational change or initiative or other action, plan or transaction and prior to or during
such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions plus (ii) corporate operating
costs allocated out of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries to Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable and (y) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this
clause (g) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing “EBITDA” for such period;
provided, further, that the adjustments pursuant to this clause (g) may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”;
provided, further, that the aggregate amount of add backs made pursuant to this clause (g) shall not exceed an amount equal to 20% of EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to
the determination date (without giving effect to any adjustments pursuant to this clause (g)); plus 

  
 13 












 (h) any costs or expense incurred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary
pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds
contributed to the capital of Holdings or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in
Section 4.07(a)(III); plus 
 (i) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, customary transaction and
advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period under the Advisory Agreement or otherwise to Permitted Holders to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 and similar fees
paid by Holdings, the Company and their Affiliates prior to the Issue Date and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(j) the amount of any earn-out payments, contingent consideration or deferred purchase
price of any kind in conjunction with acquisitions; plus 
 (k) losses to the extent reimbursable by third parties in
connection with any acquisition permitted hereunder, as determined in good faith by Holdings; plus 
 (l) expenses
during such period in connection with the settlement of any litigation or claim involving Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary; plus 

(m) expenses and charges related to the incurrence of the Notes and amending or incurring additional financings in connection
therewith; plus 
 (n) non-cash charges or amounts recorded in connection with
purchase accounting (including, without limitation, any applicable to future acquisitions that are permitted by this Indenture); plus 

(o) non-cash purchase accounting adjustments during such period relating to the
writedown of deferred revenue (whether billed or unbilled) that are the result of accounting for any acquisition; plus 

(p) the amount of any expense related to the minority interests; plus 

(q) any non-cash expenses or charges recorded in accordance with GAAP relating to
currency valuation of foreign denominated debt, any non-cash expenses or charges recorded in accordance with GAAP relating to equity interests issued to non-employees in
exchange for services provided in connection with any acquisition or business arrangement (in each case, including, without limitation, any such transaction undertaken but not completed); plus 

(r) debt discount and debt issuance costs, fees, charges, commissions or other related or similar costs during such period, in
each case incurred in connection with Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder (whether or not such Indebtedness has been incurred); plus 

  
 14 












 (s) fees, costs and expenses incurred under the Senior Secured Credit
Facilities for such period; plus 
 (t) transaction fees, costs and expenses during such period in connection with any
investment (including, without limitation, any acquisitions permitted by the Indenture), disposition, recapitalization or issuance of Equity Interests and incurrence of Indebtedness or similar transactions, in each case, to the extent permitted
under the Indenture and whether or not such investment, disposition, recapitalization, issuance of Equity Interests or Indebtedness or acquisition shall have been consummated; and 

(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net
Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period.

 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding
any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock. 
 “Equity Offering” means any public or
private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings (excluding Disqualified Stock) or any of its direct or indirect parent companies to the extent contributed to Holdings as equity (other than Disqualified Stock), other than: 

(1) public offerings with respect to Holdings’ or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on
Form S-8; 
 (2) issuances to any Subsidiary of Holdings; and 

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution. 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system, or any successor securities clearance
agency. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC
promulgated thereunder. 
 “Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds
received by Holdings from 
 (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and 

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Holdings or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other
management or employee benefit plan or agreement of Holdings) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings, 

  
 15 












 in each case after the Issue Date and in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an
Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of Holdings on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Capital Stock is sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in
Section 4.07(a)(III) hereof. 
 “Factoring Program” means any agreements or facilities entered into by Holdings or any
of its Subsidiaries for the purpose of factoring its receivables or payables for cash distribution. 
 “fair market value”
means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by Holdings in good faith. 

“Family” means, with respect to any Person, (i) the current and former spouses of such Person and (ii) the
ancestors, siblings and descendants, whether by blood or adoption, of such Person. 
 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means,
with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires
or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance
or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed
operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on
or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis, assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and
the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any
Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or
disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition,
merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 

  
 16 












 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an
Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation or any other transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of Holdings (and may include, for the avoidance of
doubt and without duplication, cost savings, synergies and operating expense resulting from such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation or other transaction, in each case calculated in the manner described in the definition of
“EBITDA” herein). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably
determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of Holdings to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any
Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this
definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a Eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate
actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as Holdings may designate. 
 “Fixed Charges”
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of: 
 (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such
period; 
 (2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of
Preferred Stock during such period; and 
 (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid or accrued (excluding items
eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period. 
 “Foreign
 Plan” means
 each employee benefit plan maintained or contributed to by Holdings, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not subject to United States law or Canadian law.  

“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or
existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary. 

“GAAP” means (1) generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America which are in effect on the
Issue Date or (2) if elected by the Company by written notice to the Trustee in connection with the delivery of financial statements and information, the accounting standards and interpretations (“IFRS”) adopted by the
International Accounting Standard Board, as in effect during the period for which the Company is making such election; provided, that (a) all financial statements and reports required to be provided after such election pursuant to this
Indenture shall be prepared on the basis of IFRS and (b) from and after such election, all ratios, computations and other determinations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with IFRS. 

  
 17 












 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2)
hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Global Notes” means,
individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and
that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), or 2.06(d) hereof. 

“Government Securities” means securities that are: 

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged;

 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America which are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository
receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such
custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any
amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt; or 

(3) AAA rated money market mutual funds, where 100% of the holdings are in securities described in clauses (1) or
(2) of this definition of Government Securities or repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by securities described in clauses (1) or (2) of this definition of Government Securities. 

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision
thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining
to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central bank). 

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of
business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. 

  
 18 












 “Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Company’s
Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. 
 “Guarantor” means Holdings, each Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the
Company) that Guarantees the Notes and any other Person that becomes a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap
agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the
transfer, modification or mitigation of interest rate, commodity or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies. 

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 

“Holdings” means APi Group Corporation, a Delaware corporation. 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication: 

(1) any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent: 

(a) in respect of borrowed money; 

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without
duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); 
 (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the
purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and
(ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or 

(d) representing net obligations under any Hedging Obligations; 

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance
sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (2) to the extent not otherwise
included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise on, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet
of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and 

  
 19 












 (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type
referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person, the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of
such asset or the amount of the obligation so secured; 
 provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed
not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) any obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities, Factoring Program, operating leases, or Sale and
Lease-back Transactions (except any resulting Capitalized Lease Obligations). 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in
Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of Holdings, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 

“Initial Notes” means the first $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue
Date. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., UBS Securities LLC, BofA
Securities, Inc. and U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc. 
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an
“accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. 

“Intermediate Parent” means any Subsidiary of Holdings that, directly or indirectly, owns any Equity Interest of the Company.

 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 

“Investment Grade Securities” means: 

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); 
 (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade
Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among Holdings and its Subsidiaries; 

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and
(2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and 

  
 20 












 (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States
customarily utilized for high quality investments. 
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by
such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees of
Indebtedness), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to directors, officers, employees and
consultants in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be
classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of Holdings in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the
definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 herein: 
 (1) “Investments”
shall include the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of Holdings at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal
to: 
 (a) Holdings’ “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less 

(b) the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets
of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 
 (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted
Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer. 
 The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time
shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in Cash Equivalents by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

 “Issue Date” means June 22, 2021. 

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in
the State of New York or a Place of Payment with respect to the Notes. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any
mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale
or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent
statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 

  
 21 












 “LTM EBITDA” means EBITDA of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such LTM EBITDA is being calculated determined on a pro forma basis in a manner
consistent with the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 
 “Market Capitalization” means, with respect to the making
of any Restricted Payment, an amount equal to the product of: 
 (a) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of
common Equity Interests of Holdings on the date of declaration of such Restricted Payment multiplied by 
 (b) the
arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of such Equity Interests on the principal securities exchange on which such Equity Interests are listed for the 30 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of declaration of such
Restricted Payment. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency
business. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance
with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends. 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash
proceeds and Cash Equivalents received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash and Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration,
including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or
deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on such assets (other than required by Section 4.10(b)(1) herein) and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be
provided by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after
such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction. 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a
U.S. Person. 
 “Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes, set forth in Article 10 of this Indenture. 

  
 22 












 “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture.
The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture; provided that if the Additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the
Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP and/or ISIN number, if applicable. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes. 

“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in
bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees,
expenses, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties,
fees, expenses, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

“Offering Circular” means the offering circular dated as of June 14, 2021 relating to the initial offering of the
Notes. 
 “Officer” means the Executive Chairman of the board of directors, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial
Officer, Chief Operating Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, Treasurer or Secretary of the Company or a Guarantor or
any manager, member or, general partner or other authorized person that is authorized to act on behalf
of a Guarantor. 
 “Officer’s Certificate” means a
certificate signed on behalf of Holdings, the Company or a Subsidiary by an Officer of Holdings, the Company or a Subsidiary (or alternatively (i) if such Subsidiary is a general partnership, one of the partners of such Subsidiary and
(ii) if such Subsidiary is a limited liability company, one or more members of such Subsidiary). 
 “Opinion of
Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 12.02 hereof; provided, however, that the counsel may be an employee of or counsel to Holdings,
the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or
Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC (as defined herein), shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 

“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of
Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 herein.

 “Permitted Holders” means each of (i) Sir Martin E. Franklin or Ian G.H. Ashken; (ii) any member of the Family
of Sir Martin E. Franklin or Ian G.H. Ashken; (iii) any conservatorship, custodianship or decedent’s estate of any Person specified in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii); (iv) any trust established for the benefit of any Person
specified in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii); or (v) any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity, the controlling equity interests in which are held by or for the benefit of any one or more Person specified in
the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii). 

  
 23 












 “Permitted Investment” means: 

(1) any Investment in Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any entity that will become a Restricted Subsidiary as
a result of such Investment; 
 (2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 

(3) any Investment by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person (including, to the extent constituting an
Investment, in assets of a Person that represent substantially all of its assets or a division, business unit or product line, including research and development and related assets in respect of any product) that is engaged directly or through
entities that will be Restricted Subsidiaries if as a result of such Investment: 
 (a) such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary; or 
 (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is amalgamated, merged or
consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets (or such division, business unit or product line) to, or is liquidated into, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, 

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment held by such Person was not acquired by such Person in
contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or transfer; 
 (4) any Investment in securities or
other assets, including earn-outs, not constituting Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.10(a) herein or any other
disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 
 (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to
binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date; provided, that the amount of any such Investment
may be increased in such extension, modification or renewal only (a) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Issue Date (including as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original
issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities) or (b) as otherwise permitted hereunder; 

(6) any Investment acquired by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries: 

(a) consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade
credit in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 24 












 (b) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable,
endorsements for collection or deposit held by Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable
(including any trade counterparty or customer); or 
 (c) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons; or 

(d) as a result of a foreclosure by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or
other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 
 (7) Hedging Obligations permitted under
Section 4.09(b)(10) herein; 
 (8) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of
Disqualified Stock) of Holdings, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(III) herein;

 (9) guarantees of Indebtedness of Holdings and any Restricted Subsidiary permitted under Section 4.09 herein; 

(10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of
Section 4.11(b) (except transactions described in clauses (2), (4) and (7) thereof); 
 (11) Investments
consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment; 
 (12) additional Investments having
an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such
sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $160.0 million and (y) 40% of LTM EBITDA at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made
and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (13) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary or a
Factoring Program that, in the good faith determination of Holdings are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility or a Factoring Program or any transaction in connection therewith; 

(14) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or
consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company thereof; 

  
 25 












 (15) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received
in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with
respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment; 
 (16) Investments in
joint ventures of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date or created after the Issue Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 25% of LTM EBITDA; 

(17) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made
pursuant to this clause (17) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 25% of LTM EBITDA at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the
time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (18) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of,
employees not in excess of $15.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; 
 (19) advances, loans or
extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (20) any
Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business; 

(21) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of assets or services in the ordinary course of business; 

(22) Investments made in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client contacts;

 (23) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers
compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business; 

(24) repurchases of Notes; 

(25) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for
collection of deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices; 
 (26)
Investments (i) by a Captive Insurance Subsidiary made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, and (ii) in a Captive Insurance Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or required under statutory or
regulatory authority applicable to such Captive Insurance Subsidiary; 

  
 26 












 (27) Investments in joint ventures in the fire safety industry or a Similar
Business, in the ordinary course of business, where applicable law requires equity ownership and supervision of regulated activities by licensed individuals employed by the Restricted Subsidiary and the Restricted Subsidiary maintains either
majority or less than majority ownership of Equity Interests of the joint venture and the right to prohibit the joint venture from engaging in material transactions and transactions outside of the ordinary course of business; 

(28) Investments not to exceed $20.0 million in the aggregate consisting of Guarantees in favor of customers of Holdings,
the Restricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures to which Holdings, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary is a party; and 

(29) If the Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 3.25:1.00 on a pro forma basis, additional Investments by the
Company and the Guarantors in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors (other than (i) (x) investments in Equity Interests and (y) intercompany loans and advances, in each case, from the Company or a Guarantor to a
Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor the proceeds of which are used solely to finance an acquisition that is permitted by the indenture and (ii) intercompany loans and advances from a Company or a Guarantor to Restricted
Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors having a term not exceeding 90 days (inclusive of any roll over or extensions of terms) made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice). 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar
legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits
of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case
for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding
with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or not yet
payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds, trade contracts and leases (other than capital
leases), indemnity agreements in connection therewith or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; 

  
 27 












 (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations
of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions
as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely
affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 
 (6)
Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (4), (10) (12)(B) and (18) of Section 4.09(b) herein; 

(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under
Sections 4.09(b)(1), 4.09(b)(2), 4.09(b)(4), 4.09(b)(10), 4.09(b)(12)(B) or 4.09(b)(18) herein); 
 (8) Liens on
property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary;
provided further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(9) Liens on property at the time Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means
of a merger or consolidation with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided
further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Holdings or another Restricted
Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 herein; 
 (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations
so long as related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be hereunder; 
 (12) Liens on specific items of inventory of other
goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially
interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness; 

  
 28 












 (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings
regarding operating leases entered into by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(15) Liens in favor of Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor; 

(16) Liens on equipment of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to clients
of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in
connection with a Receivables Facility; 
 (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement
(or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) to the extent that the Indebtedness
secured by such new Lien is an amount equal to the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original
Lien became a Permitted Lien hereunder, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided, however, that in each case
such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property); 

(19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 

(20) other Liens securing obligations not to exceed the greater of (x) $160.0 million and (y) 40% of LTM EBITDA at
any one time outstanding; 
 (21) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of any
non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under this Indenture, to the extent such Liens relate only to the assets and properties of a non-Guarantor
Restricted Subsidiary (and for the avoidance of doubt, any Liens permitted by this clause (21) shall continue to be permitted by this clause (21) if such non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary later
provides a Guarantee of the Notes); 
 (22) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an
Event of Default under Section 6.01(5) so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within
which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired; 
 (23) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as
a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 29 












 (24) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage
accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of setoff) and which are within the general parameters customary in the
banking industry; 
 (25) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under
Section 4.07 herein; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; 

(26) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity
trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 

(27) Liens that are contractual rights of setoff
and similar customary provisions (i) relating to the
establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft
or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries
including, for the avoidance of doubt, any customary pledge of accounts entered into in connection therewith
or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(28) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations to the extent permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities,
including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) herein; 

(29) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or
similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; 
 (30) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title
retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(31) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with
any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder; 
 (32) Liens securing the Notes; 

(33) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries are
located; 
 (34) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect
thereto; 

  
 30 












 (35) Liens on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure
Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (36) Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of
any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under this Indenture to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment; 

(37) any interest or title of a lessor, sub-lessor, licensor or sub-licensor or secured by a lessor’s, sub-lessor’s, licensor’s or sub-licensor’s interest under leases or licenses
entered into by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (38) deposits of cash
with the owner or lessor of premises leased and operated by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business of Holdings and such Subsidiary to secure the performance of Holdings’ or such Subsidiary’s obligations
under the terms of the lease for such premises; 
 (39) [Reserved]; 

(40) prior to the date on which a Permitted Investment is consummated, Liens arising from any escrow arrangement pursuant to
which the proceeds of any equity issuance or other funds used to finance all or a portion of such Permitted Investment are required to be held in escrow pending release to consummate such Permitted Investment; 

(41) Liens on cash in an aggregate amount up to $25.0 million pledged in lieu of issuance of a Letter of Credit in favor
of an insurance company; and 

(42) Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents securing letters of credit, bonds, support contracts, guarantees or similar instruments
permitted pursuant to Sections 4.09(b)(11) and
4.09(b)(27).;
 

(43)
 Liens securing obligations of Guarantors that are Foreign Subsidiaries not to exceed the greater of (x) $80.0 million and (y) 20% of LTM EBITDA at any one time outstanding; 


(44)
 Liens in favor of Foreign Plans arising in the ordinary course of business; and 

(45)
 Liens in favor of Canadian Pension Plans arising in the ordinary course of business that would not reasonably be expected to
result in a material adverse effect. 
 “Person” means any
individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Place of Payment” means, with respect to the Notes of any series, the place or places where the principal of (and premium,
if any) and interest on the Notes of that series are payable as specified in accordance with this Indenture. 

  
 31 












 “Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of
payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional
buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock
of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business. 
 “Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or
S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by Holdings which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the
case may be. 
 “Receivables Facility” means any of one or more customary market receivables financing facilities, as
amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and
indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either
(a) a Person that is not an Affiliate of Holdings or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of Holdings. 

“Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts
receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility. 

“Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more
Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated
under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A
hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes
sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
 “Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash
Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business
Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust group of the
Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by such officer and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to
whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 

  
 32 












 “Restricted Cash” means cash and Cash Equivalents held by Holdings or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would appear as “restricted” on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in
Regulation S. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings (including
any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the
definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.” 
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated
under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business. 
 “Sale and
Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or
is to be sold or transferred by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing. 

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder. 

  
 33 












 “Senior Secured Credit Facilities” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of
October 1, 2019, among APi Group DE, Inc., Holdings, the several lenders and other parties from time to time parties thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents,
instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2020, and any other amendments, supplements, modifications,
extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the
loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such
increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 herein). 
 “Senior Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the
Company or any Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be. For the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is permitted to be
incurred under the terms of this Indenture shall constitute Senior Indebtedness for the purposes of this Indenture unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinate in right of payment to the
Notes or any related Guarantee. 
 “Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of
(a) the Secured Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination (determined after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness, and each other incurrence, assumption, guarantee,
redemption, retirement and extinguishment of Indebtedness as of such date of determination) to (b) EBITDA of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for
which internal financial statements are available. For purposes of determining the “Senior Secured Leverage Ratio,” “EBITDA” shall be subject to the adjustments applicable to “EBITDA” as provided
for in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.” 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted
Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act,
as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be
conducted by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of such business. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on
which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the first date it was incurred in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, and will not include any contingent obligations
to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Notes, 

(1) any Indebtedness of the Company which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and 

  
 34 












 (2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in
right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company
or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of
determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and 

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which 

(a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited
partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited
partnership or otherwise, and 
 (b) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner or
otherwise controls such entity. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 

“
Tax” means
 any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto, and, for the avoidance of doubt, including any withholding or deduction for or on account of any of the
foregoing). “Taxes”
 shall be construed to have a corresponding meaning. 

 “Total Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Indebtedness of
Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination, less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis as of such date of determination (in each case, determined after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness, and each other incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement and extinguishment of
Indebtedness as of such date of determination), to (b) EBITDA of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are
available. For purposes of determining the “Total Net Leverage Ratio,” “EBITDA” shall be subject to the adjustments applicable to “EBITDA” as provided for in the definition of “Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio.” 

  
 35 












 “Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as
of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to
the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to July 15, 2024; provided, however, that
if the period from the Redemption Date to July 15, 2024 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 

“Trustee” means Computershare Trust Company, N.A., until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions
of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “U.S. dollar” means the
lawful currency of the United States of America. 
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in
Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does
not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that
does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Company and any Intermediate Parent) which at the time of determination is an
Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by Holdings, as provided below); and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. 
 The Company may designate any Subsidiary of Holdings (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly
formed Subsidiary, but excluding the Company and any Intermediate Parent) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of,
Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that 

(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the
votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by Holdings; 

(2) such designation complies with the covenant described under Section 4.07 herein; 

  
 36 












 (3) each of: 

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and 

(b) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or
otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; and 

(4) provided that notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture to the contrary, if there are any transactions or a series of
transactions occurring contemporaneously with a designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such designation shall be deemed made simultaneously with the occurrence of such contemporaneous transactions. 

The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to
such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either: 
 (1) Holdings could incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.09(a); or 
 (2) the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into
account such designation. 
 Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the
Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Company or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 

Actions taken by an Unrestricted Subsidiary will not be deemed to have been taken, directly or indirectly, by Holdings or any Restricted
Subsidiary. 
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time
entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means,
when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing: 

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled
principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by 

(2) the sum of all such payments. 

  
 37 












 Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 

 

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section	 
	 “Acceptable Commitment”
	  	 	4.10	 
	
“Additional Amounts”
	  	 	4.19	 
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	 	4.11	 
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	 	4.10	 
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	 	2.02	 
	 “Base Currency”
	  	 	12.12	 
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	 	4.14	 
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	 	4.14	 
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	 	4.14	 
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	 	8.03	 
	 “Covenant Suspension Event”
	  	 	4.18	 
	 “DTC”
	  	 	2.06	 
	 “Event of Default”
	  	 	6.01	 
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	 	4.10	 
	 “incur”
	  	 	4.09	 
	 “Judgment Currency”
	  	 	12.12	 
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	 	8.02	 
	
“OFAC”

	  	 	12.14	 
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	 	3.09	 
	 “Offer Period”
	  	 	3.09	 
	 “Pari Passu Indebtedness”
	  	 	4.10	 
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	 	2.03	 
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	 	4.09	 
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	 	3.09	 
	 “Redemption Date”
	  	 	3.07	 
	 “Registrar”
	  	 	2.03	 
	 “Refinancing Indebtedness”
	  	 	4.09	 
	 “Refunding Capital Stock”
	  	 	4.07	 
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	 	4.07	 
	 “Reversion Date”
	  	 	4.18	 
	 “Successor Company”
	  	 	5.01	 
	 “Successor Person”
	  	 	5.01	 
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	 	4.18	 


  
 38 













					
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section	 
	 “Suspension Date”
	  	 	4.18	 
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	 	4.18	 
	
“Tax Jurisdiction”
	  	 	4.19	 
	 “Treasury Capital Stock”
	  	 	4.07	 

 Section 1.03 Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) “including” is not limiting; 

(5) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(6) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(7) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 

(8) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of
successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to
time.; and 

(9)
 references to payment of amounts based upon the principal amount of the Notes or of principal, interest or of any other amount
payable under, or with respect to, any of the Notes or any Note Guarantee of any Guarantor, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or
would be payable in respect thereof. 
 ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01
Form and Dating. 
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the
form of Exhibit A attached hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage (but which shall not affect the rights, duties, obligations or immunities of the Trustee without the consent
of the Trustee). Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

  
 39 












 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly
made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors, and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any
Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 (b)
Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes
issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will
represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal
amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Registrar or the Custodian, at the direction of the Registrar, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 

(c) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and
“Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the
Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream; provided, that the Trustee and the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes shall not have any duty or obligations with respect to any
such procedures. 
 Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be
valid. 
 A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence
that the Note has been authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee, or an authenticating agent, will, upon receipt of a
written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate the Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. Such written order shall
specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of the Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be in global or definitive form. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any
time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be
issued under this Indenture is unlimited. 

  
 40 












 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate
the Notes, or the Company may appoint an authenticating agent. An authenticating agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such
agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company. 

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. 

The Company will maintain (i) one or more offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for
exchange (each, a “Registrar”) and one or more offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented for payment (each, a “Paying Agent”). The Company may appoint one or more
co-Registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-Registrar and the term “Paying Agent”
includes any additional Paying Agent. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such co-Registrar or additional Paying Agents and of any change in the name or address of any such
Registrar or Paying Agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. Holdings or
any of its Subsidiaries may act as a Paying Agent or Registrar with respect to the Notes. The Company initially appoints the Trustee as the Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. 

The Company initially appoints DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Notes. 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as Custodian with respect to the Notes held in global form. 

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit
of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any
such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying
Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by
it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

  
 41 












 Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar for any series of Notes, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in
such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes. 

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the
Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Notes in the form of Global Notes
will be exchanged by the Company for Notes in the form of Definitive Notes if: 
 (1) DTC (a) notifies the Company that
it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Notes or (b) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, the Company fails to appoint a successor Depositary; 

(2) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of the Notes in the form
of Definitive Notes; or 
 (3) there has occurred and is continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and DTC
notifies the Trustee of its decision to exchange the Notes in the form of Global Notes for Notes in the form of Definitive Notes. 
 Upon
the occurrence of any of the preceding events in clauses (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in
part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 2.06(a), every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to
this Section 2.06(a) or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a),
however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Sections 2.06(b), (c) or (e) hereof. 

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global
Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set
forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either clause (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following
clauses, as applicable: 
 (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any
Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend;
provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the 

  
 42 












 
Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted
Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers
described in this Section 2.06(b)(1). 
 (2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global
Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either: 

(A) both: 

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account
to be credited with such increase; or 
 (B) both: 

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such
Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in clause (1) above. 
 Upon satisfaction of all of
the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global
Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof. 
 (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global
Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of
Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the
form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and 

  
 43 












 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial
interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 

(4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted
Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (4), an Opinion of Counsel stating that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with
the Securities Act and state “blue sky” laws and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to clause (4) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the
Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal
amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to clause (4) above. 
 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot
be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 

(1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If, in accordance with
Section 2.06(a), any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in
the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the
holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in
item (2)(a) thereof; 

  
 44 












 (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance
with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an
offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of
Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act,
a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Registrar shall cause the
aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order shall authenticate and deliver to the
Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall be registered in
such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall
deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private
Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 

  
 45 












 (2) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted
Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in
the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the holder of such
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b)
thereof; or 
 (B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial
interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(c)(2), an Opinion of Counsel stating that such exchange or transfer is in compliance
with the Securities Act and state “blue sky” laws and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(3) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Registrar will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the
Company will execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange
for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar
from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest
pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for
Beneficial Interests. 
 (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes.
If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the
Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b)
thereof; 

  
 46 












 (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in
accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person
in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion
of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being
transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, the Registrar will increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of,
in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note. 

(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
only if: 
 (A) the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the
Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 

  
 47 












 (B) the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (2), an Opinion of Counsel stating that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with
the Securities Act and state “blue sky” laws and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the
Definitive Notes and the Registrar shall increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an
Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global
Notes. 
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to
clause (2) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one
or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 
 (e)
Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer
or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to
the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 
 (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive
Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

  
 48 












 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904,
then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then
the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable. 

(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged
by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 

(B) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery
thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (2), an Opinion of Counsel stating that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with
the Securities Act and state “blue sky” laws that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may
transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the
instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (f) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and
Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

  
 49 












 (1) Private Placement Legend. 

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in
exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS
ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY IS NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.
BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS
ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY
AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF API GROUP DE, INC. THAT (A) THIS SECURITY MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) TO API GROUP DE, INC. OR ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (II) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER
REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH
OF CASES (I) THROUGH (V) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY FROM IT OF THE RESALE
RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.” 
 (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note
issued pursuant to clauses (b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or paragraph (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 (2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

  
 50 












 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS
NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE OR THE REGISTRAR MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION
2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE
INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT
IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE
DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK,
NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO., OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 
 (g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of
Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled, in whole and not in part, each such Global
Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will
take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note
by the Registrar or by the Depositary at the direction of the Registrar to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Registrar or by the Depositary at the direction of the Registrar to reflect such increase. 

(h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes
and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 

  
 51 












 (2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a
Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any
such taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.04 hereof). 

(3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or
in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes
issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or
Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (5) None of the Trustee or the Registrar or
the Company will be required: 
 (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning
at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; 

(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 
 (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date
and the next succeeding interest payment date. 
 (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any
Note, the Trustee, any Agent, the Registrar, the Transfer Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest
on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent, the Registrar, the Transfer Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02
hereof. 
 (8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to
this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile or e-mail. 

  
 52 












 (9) Neither the Trustee, the Registrar nor any transfer agent shall have any
obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer or exchange imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer or exchange of any Note (including any transfers
between or among participants or other beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by the terms of this Indenture and to examine
the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements thereof. 
 Section 2.07 Replacement
Notes. 
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Company or the Trustee, and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of
the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company,
an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is
replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses (including any charge that may be imposed in connection therewith and the fees and expenses of the Trustee) in replacing a Note. 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note had become or is about to become due and payable, the Company, in its discretion,
may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Section 2.07. 
 Every
replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

The provisions of this Section 2.07 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies of any Holder
with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note. 
 Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.

 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it
or the Registrar for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in
Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note. 
 If a
Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases
to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or
maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest. 

  
 53 












 For purposes of determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes
have taken any action as herein described, the principal amount of Notes shall be deemed to be the U.S. Dollar equivalent of such principal amount of Notes as of (i) if a record date has been set with respect to the taking of such action,
such date or (ii) if no such record date has been set, the date the taking of such action by the Holders of such requisite principal amount is certified to the Trustee by the Company. 

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned
by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the
purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded. 

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee (or Authenticating Agent, as
applicable), upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and
as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee (or Authenticating Agent, as applicable) will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 

Section 2.11 Cancellation. 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation. Certification of the cancelled
Notes will be delivered to the Company upon request. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation other than Notes that are surrendered or replaced pursuant to
Sections 2.06 or 2.07 hereof. 
 Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each


  
 54 












 
such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least
15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record
date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and shall make
arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee to deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money
when so deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. 

Section 2.13 Additional Notes. 

The Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Section 4.09 hereof, to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture in an
unlimited aggregate principal amount which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes, other than with respect to the date of issuance and issue price and first payment of interest. 

With respect to any Additional Notes issued hereunder, the Company shall set forth in a resolution of its board of directors and an
Officer’s Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee and Paying Agent, the following information: 
 (1) the aggregate
principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; and 
 (2) the issue price, the issue date and the
CUSIP of such Additional Notes. 
 ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. 

If the Company elects to redeem the Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the
Trustee, at least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth: 
 (a) the
clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 
 (b) the redemption date; 

(c) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed; and 

(d) the redemption price. 

  
 55 












 Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, in the case of physical Notes, the
Registrar will select the Notes for redemption or purchase (i) if the Company does not give written notice to the Registrar that the Notes are listed in a securities exchange, then on a pro rata basis in the case of physical notes or, in
the case of Notes issued in global form, in accordance with the requirements of the Depositary or (ii) if the Company gives written notice to the Registrar that the Notes are so listed, in compliance with the requirements of such securities
exchange. 
 In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected,
unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 15 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Registrar from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 

The Registrar will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note
selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. No Notes of a principal amount of $2,000 shall be redeemed or purchased in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or
purchased, the entire outstanding amount of the Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to the Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply
to portions of the Notes called for redemption or purchase. Neither the Registrar nor the Trustee shall be liable for the selection made in accordance with this Section 3.02. 

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company
will transmit or cause to be transmitted, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be transmitted more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is
issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 hereof. 

The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state: 

(a) the redemption date; 
 (b)
the redemption price; 
 (c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and
that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

  
 56 












 (e) that the Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect
the redemption price; 
 (f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption
ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which
the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
 (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP
number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of
redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least three Business Days prior to the date that a notice of redemption is to be transmitted, unless the
Trustee has agreed to a shorter period, an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in this Section 3.03. 

Any such redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including any related Equity
Offering or a Change of Control. In addition, if such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s
discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied or waived (provided that in no event shall such redemption date be delayed to a date later than 60 days after the date on which
such notice was transmitted), or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed.

 Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once notice of redemption is transmitted in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, the Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due
and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price, subject to satisfaction of any condition permitted pursuant to Section 3.03 or 3.07 hereof. 

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 

One Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, unless the Trustee has agreed to a shorter period, the Company will deposit with
the Trustee or with the applicable Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions of Notes) to be redeemed or purchased on that date. 

The Trustee or the applicable Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money so deposited with the Trustee or such Paying Agent
by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 

  
 57 












 If the Company complies with the provisions of this Section 3.05, on and after the
redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of the Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest
payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for
redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with this Section 3.05, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any
interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the
Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. 

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 

(a) At any time prior to July 15, 2024, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount
of Notes issued under this Indenture, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 104.125% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but
excluding, the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”) (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), in an amount not to exceed the net proceeds
from an Equity Offering or a contribution to the Company’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering; provided that: 

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of such applicable Notes originally issued under this Indenture (calculated
after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

(b) At any time prior to July 15, 2024, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less
than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such applicable Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and
Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
applicable date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 

(c) Except pursuant to Section 3.07(a) or
(b) or
Section 3.10, the Notes will not be redeemable at
the Company’s option prior to July 15, 2024. 

  
 58 












 (d) On or after July 15, 2024, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all
or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus
Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the
Notes redeemed, to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record
date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2024
	  	 	102.063	% 
	 2025
	  	 	101.031	% 
	 2026 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (e) Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the
Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Article 3, in connection with any tender offer for the Notes at a price of at least 100% of the principal amount of such applicable Notes tendered, plus
Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but
excluding, the applicable tender settlement date, if Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding applicable Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in such tender offer and the Company, or any third
party making such a tender offer in lieu of the Company, purchases all of such applicable Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company or such third party will have the right upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’
prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase date, to redeem all such applicable Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price offered to each other Holder in such tender offer plus, to the
extent not included in the tender offer payment, Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date. 
 Notice
of any redemption pursuant to this Article 3 may, at the Company’s discretion, be given prior to the completion of a transaction (including an Equity Offering, an incurrence of Indebtedness, a Change of Control or other transaction) and
any redemption notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including completion of a related transaction. If such redemption or purchase is so subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions
precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time (including more than 60 days after the date the notice of redemption
was mailed or delivered, including by electronic transmission) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not
have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed. In addition, the Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such
redemption may be performed by another Person. 

  
 59 












 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 3, Holdings, the Company and
their Affiliates may acquire the Notes by any means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise. 

(f) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption. 

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it will follow the
procedures specified below. 
 The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu
with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20
Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the
Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis based on the
principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any
Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record
date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable
to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
 Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will transmit a
notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer,
will state: 
 (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof
and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open; 
 (2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase
Date; 
 (3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest; 

  
 60 












 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note
accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (5) that
Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; 

(6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with
the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying
Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
 (7) that Holders will be
entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, an electronic transmission, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the
name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 

(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof
exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company will select the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such
adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be purchased); and 

(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased
portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 On or before the
Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount
has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the
Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering
Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate
and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the
Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or about the Purchase Date. 

  
 61 













Section 3.10 Redemption for
 Changes in Taxes. 

The Company
may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at its discretion at any time upon giving not less than 30 nor more than 60
days’ notice,
 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of redemption (subject to the right of holders of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date if the Notes have not been redeemed prior to such date), if on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes, the Company is or would be required to pay Additional
Amounts and cannot avoid any such payment obligation by taking reasonable measures available (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a new paying agent), and the requirement arises as a result of: 

(a)
 any change in, or amendment to, the laws and treaties (or any regulations, or rulings promulgated thereunder) of the relevant
Tax Jurisdiction affecting taxation which change or amendment has not been publicly announced as formally proposed before and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date (or if the relevant Tax Jurisdiction has changed since the Issue Date, on or
after the date on which the then current Tax Jurisdiction became the applicable Tax Jurisdiction under this Indenture); or  

(b)
 any change in, or amendment to, the existing official published position regarding the application, administration or
interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published practice), which change or amendment has not been publicly announced as formally proposed
before and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date (or if the relevant Tax Jurisdiction has changed since the Issue Date, on or after the date on which the then current Tax Jurisdiction became the applicable Tax Jurisdiction under this
Indenture).  
 The Company will not give any such notice of redemption earlier than 60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company
would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due and at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay Additional Amounts must remain in effect. Prior to the mailing of any notice of
redemption of the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.10, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an
opinion of independent tax counsel (which counsel will be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee) to the effect that there has been such change or amendment which would entitle the Issuer to redeem the Notes under this Indenture. In addition, before
the Company mails a notice of redemption of the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.10, it will deliver to
the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that it cannot avoid its obligation to pay Additional Amounts by the Company taking reasonable
measures available to it. 
 The Trustee will accept and will be entitled to conclusively rely on such Officer’s
 Certificate and opinion of independent tax counsel as sufficient evidence of the existence and satisfaction of the conditions as described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders of the Notes.  

  
 62 












 ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01
Payment of Notes. 
 The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest, if any, on, the
Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m.
Eastern Time on the due date (or such other time as the Company and the Paying Agent may mutually agree from time to time), money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal,
premium, if any, and interest, if any, then due. 
 If default is made by the Company in respect of any payment, unless and until the full
amount of the payment has been made under the terms of this Indenture (except as to the time of making the same) or other arrangements satisfactory to the Paying Agent have been made, the Paying Agent shall not be bound to act as Paying Agent. 

The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy
Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under
any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

The Company will maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Notes, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an
affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and
this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or
fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any
or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place
of Payment for any series of Notes for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with
Section 2.03 hereof. 

  
 63 












 Section 4.03 Reports. 

(a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, Holdings will furnish to the
Holders of such Notes (or file with the SEC for public availability), within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations: 

(1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms
10-Q and 10-K if Holdings were required to file such reports, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and 

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on
Form 8-K if Holdings were required to file such reports. 
 All such reports will be prepared
in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. In addition, Holdings will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public
availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and will post the reports on its website within those time periods. 

(b) Holdings and the Company agree that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file with the
SEC the reports required by clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.03(a), they will furnish to the Holders and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act. 
 Each report or document required to be furnished or delivered pursuant to this Indenture shall be deemed to have been so
furnished or delivered on the date on which Holdings posts such document on its website, or when such document is posted on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. 

The Trustee shall have no responsibility to determine whether filing of reports under this Section 4.03 has occurred. In the absence of
written notification from the Company or the Holders, the Trustee shall be entitled to presume that such filings were made. Delivery, if any, of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the
Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including Holdings’ or the Company’s, as applicable, compliance with any of
its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates). 
 Section 4.04
Compliance Certificate. 
 (a) The Company and each Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each
fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision
of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her
knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every 

  
 64 












 
covenant contained in this Indenture and whether or not is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event
of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge whether or
not any event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what
action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 (b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will
deliver to the Trustee, within 30 Business Days of any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take
with respect thereto. 
 Section 4.05 [Reserved]. 

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead,
or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and
each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein
granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

Section 4.07 Restricted Payments. 

(a) Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of Holdings’, or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than (a) dividends or distributions by Holdings payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) of Holdings; or (b) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings
or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities; 

(2) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of Holdings, or any direct or
indirect parent of Holdings, including any purchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement, in connection with any merger or consolidation; 

  
 65 












 (3) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or
otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than (a) Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09(b)(7) and (8) or (b) the
purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase
or acquisition; or 
 (4) make any Restricted Investment; 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above (other than any exceptions thereof) being collectively referred to
as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 
 (I) no Default shall have
occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 
 (II) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction on a pro forma basis, Holdings could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) herein; and 

(III) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by Holdings and its
Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to paragraph (b) thereof only),
(6)(c), (7), (9) and (13) (to the extent not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income) of Section 4.07(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b)), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

 (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on
July 1, 2021, to the end of Holdings’ most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a
deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus 
 (B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of
marketable securities or other property received by Holdings since immediately after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(12)(A)) from the issue or sale of: 
 (i) Equity Interests of Holdings, including
Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of: 

(x) Equity Interests to any present, former or future employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants of Holdings, any
direct or indirect parent company of Holdings and Holdings’ Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b); and 

  
 66 












 (y) Designated Preferred Stock; and 

(ii) debt securities of Holdings that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of Holdings; 

provided, however, that this clause (B) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined
below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been
converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus 
 (C) 100% of the aggregate amount
received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary by means of: 

(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by
Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted
Investments by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or 
 (ii) the sale (other than
to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of
Section 4.07(b) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case, after the Issue Date; plus 

(D) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair
market value (as determined in good faith by Holdings, provided that if such fair market value may exceed lesser of (x) the fair market value (as determined in good faith by Holdings) of the investments of Holdings and any Restricted
Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such re-designation or merger or consolidation and (y) the fair market value (as determined in good faith by Holdings, such determination shall be
made by the board of directors of Holdings and evidenced by a board resolution) of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than to the extent
the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 4.07(b) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment; plus 

  
 67 












 (E) $120.0 million. 

(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit: 

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date
of declaration thereof or the giving of the irrevocable redemption notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 

(2) (a) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Treasury
Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted
Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent contributed to Holdings (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (“Refunding Capital
Stock”) and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under Section 4.07(b)(6), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding
Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) in an aggregate amount no greater than
the aggregate amount per year of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement; 

(3) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified
Stock of the Company or a Guarantor made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, that in each case which
is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 herein but only: 
 (A) to the extent that the principal amount (or accreted
value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for
value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium to be paid, defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness, and any excess amount is otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

 (B) if such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent, if at
all, as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value; 

  
 68 












 (C) if such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a final scheduled
maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired; and 

(D) if such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the
remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired; 

(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of Holdings, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect
parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (x) upon the death or disability of such employee, director or consultant or (y) upon the
resignation or other termination of employment of such employee, director or consultant; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $40.0 million
(with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $60.0 million in any calendar year); provided further that such amount in
any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 
 (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings and, to the extent contributed to Holdings, Equity Interests of any of Holdings’ direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings, any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted
Payments by virtue of clause (3) of this Section 4.07(b); plus 
 (B) the cash proceeds of key man life
insurance policies received by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less 
 (C) the amount of
any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (4); 
 and provided
further that (i) cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any future, present or former employers, directors, officers, members of management or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or
indirect parent companies or any of Holdings’ Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and (ii) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to
occur upon the exercise of options, warrants or similar instruments if such Equity Interests represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof or payments, in lieu of the issuance of fractional Equity Interests or withholding to pay other
taxes payable in connection therewith, in the case of each of foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Indenture; 

  
 69 












 (5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or
series of Disqualified Stock of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.09 herein to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of
“Fixed Charges”; 
 (6) (A) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of
Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by Holdings after the Issue Date; 
 (A) the declaration
and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such
parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (B) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to Holdings from the sale of such Designated
Preferred Stock; or 
 (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in
excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph; 
 provided, however, in
the case of each of subparagraphs (A) and (B) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such
Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00; 
 (7) Investments in Unrestricted
Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the
proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 25% of LTM EBITDA at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the
time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (8) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur
upon exercise of stock options, warrants or other equity-based awards if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options, warrants or awards and, so long as no Event of Default
or Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom; 

  
 70 












 (9) the declaration and payment of dividends on Holdings’ common stock
(or payments of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity) to fund payments of dividends on such entity’s common stock following any public offering of Holdings’ common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent
company of Holdings after the Issue Date, in an amount not to exceed 6.0% per annum of the amount of net cash proceeds received by or contributed to Holdings in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to
Holdings’ common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution; 

(10) Restricted Payments that are made in an amount equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions previously received; 

(11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this
clause (11) not to exceed in each case since the date of this Indenture the greater of (x) $120.0 million and (y) 30% of LTM EBITDA; 

(12) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees or any payments in connection with a Factoring Program; 

(13) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance
with the provisions similar to those described in Sections 4.10 and 4.14 herein; provided that all Notes tendered in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have first been repurchased, redeemed or
acquired for value; 
 (14) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed
to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary by Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents); 

(15) payments made or expected to be made by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes
payable by any present, former or future employees, director, officers, managers or consultants of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(16) other Restricted Payments so long as, immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Total Net Leverage
Ratio for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available preceding such Restricted Payment is not greater than (x) in the case of any Restricted
Investment, 3.00 to 1.00 and (y) for any Restricted Payment other than a Restricted Investment, 2.75 to 1.00, each on a pro forma basis; and 

(17) Restricted Payments by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to the holders of its Equity Interests in an aggregate amount
per annum not to exceed 5.0% of Market Capitalization; 
 provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted
Payment permitted under clauses (7), (9), (11), (14), (16) and (17), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 

  
 71 












 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.07(b) above, in the event
that a proposed Restricted Payment (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of clauses (1) through (17) of Section 4.07(b) or is entitled to be made pursuant to Section 4.07(a) hereof, Holdings will be entitled to classify or
later reclassify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment (or a portion thereof) between such clauses (1) through (17) of Section 4.07(b) and Section 4.07(a) in any manner
that otherwise complies with this Section 4.07; and 
 (d) If Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries become contractually
obligated to make any Restricted Payment at the time the requirements set forth in Section 4.07(a)(I) and (II) continue to be satisfied, then Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, may continue to make such Restricted
Payments, even if such requirements cease to be satisfied at the time such Restricted Payment is actually made and the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.07(a)(III) on or after the date on which such requirements
cease to be satisfied shall be equal to the amount that would have been available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.07(a)(III) on such date without giving effect to any Restricted Payments made on such date pursuant to and in
compliance with this sentence. 
 (e) Holdings will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant
to the penultimate sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries
(except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be
permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 4.07(a) or under clauses (7), (10), (11) or (16) of Section 4.07(b), or pursuant to the definition of
“Permitted Investment,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture. Holdings
will not be permitted to designate the Company or any Intermediate Parent as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary”. 

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 

(a) Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Company) that are not Guarantors to, directly or
indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to: 

(1) (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary on its Capital Stock, or
(b) pay any Indebtedness owed to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) make loans or advances to Holdings or any
Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to Holdings or any Restricted
Subsidiary. 

  
 72 












 (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or
restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
 (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date,
including pursuant to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the
related documentation and Hedging Obligations and any related documentation (or, in each case, any amendment, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings); 

(2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 

(3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature
discussed in Section 4.08(a)(3) herein on the property so acquired; 
 (4) applicable law or any applicable rule,
regulation or order; 
 (5) any agreement or other instrument (including an instrument governing Capital Stock or
Indebtedness) of a Person acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition or at the time it merges with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or assumed in connection with the
acquisition of assets from such Person (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its
Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired or the property or assets so assumed; 

(6) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of Holdings pursuant to an
agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary; 

(7) Secured Indebtedness and other Credit Facilities otherwise permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant
to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 herein; 
 (8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under
contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.09 herein; 
 (10)
customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture; 

(11) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses or similar agreements, including with respect to intellectual property
and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 73 












 (12) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility or
Factoring Program that, in the good faith determination of Holdings are necessary or advisable to effect the transactions contemplated under such Receivables Facility or Factoring Program; 

(13) non-assignment provisions of any contract or any lease of any Restricted
Subsidiary entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (14) restrictions on the transfer of assets subject to any
Lien permitted under this Indenture imposed by the holder of such Lien; 
 (15) any agreement or instrument governing Capital
Stock of any Person that is acquired; 
 (16) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating,
construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of
solely the property or assets of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of Holdings or such
Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (17) any encumbrances or restrictions of
the type referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.08(a) to the extent that such encumbrances or restrictions do not materially adversely affect the consolidated cash position of the Company or Guarantors; 

(18) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a)
imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (17) of
Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of Holdings, either (i) not materially more
restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing, or (ii) ordinary and
customary with respect to such instruments and obligations at the time of such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; 

(19) restrictions and conditions on any Restricted Subsidiary organized in jurisdictions where such restrictions are customary,
including the People’s Republic of China, or any state or other political subdivision thereof 
 (20) provisions in any
customary indenture in connection with Indebtedness permitted hereunder, and any Contractual Obligations relating thereto; or 

(21) restrictions in a surety or performance bond entered into in the ordinary course of business. 

  
 74 












 Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and
Preferred Stock. 
 (a) Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create,
incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and an “incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and
Holdings will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however, that Holdings may incur Indebtedness (including
Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and subject to the second provision in this paragraph, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and
issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately
preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of
the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such
four-quarter period. 
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of
Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
 (1) the Senior Secured Credit Facilities plus the
incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to Credit Facilities by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’
acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount at the time of incurrence not exceeding the sum of (a) the greater of $400.0 million and 100% of LTM EBITDA and
(b) additional indebtedness if, after giving effect to the incurrence of such amount, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00; 

(2) the incurrence by the Company and any Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Notes (including Guarantees thereof) (other than
any Additional Notes) and any notes (including Guarantees thereof) issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to a registration rights agreement; 

(3) Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than
Indebtedness permitted in clauses (1) and (2) above); 
 (4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations)
and Disqualified Stock incurred or issued by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and the issuance of Preferred Stock by any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal)
or equipment (other than software) that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, in an aggregate principal amount at the


  
 75 












 
date of such incurrence (including all Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4)) not to exceed the greater of (x)
$150.0 million and (y) 40% of LTM EBITDA; provided, however, that such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase or transaction or is created within 365 (for the avoidance of doubt, the purchase date for any asset shall be
the later of the date of completion of installation and the beginning of the full productive use of such asset) days thereafter (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, pursuant to this
clause (4) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (4) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which Holdings or such
Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (4)); 

(5) Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect
to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation
claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence; 

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment
of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such
business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations
referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)); 

(7) Indebtedness of Holdings to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted
Subsidiary (other than the Company) that is not a Guarantor shall be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes unless the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide otherwise (in which case such Indebtedness shall not be permitted
by this clause); provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in the Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other
subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7); 

  
 76 












 (8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or another
Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the Company or a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Company) that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness shall be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment
to the Notes (in the case of the Company) or to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor (in the case of a Guarantor) unless the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide otherwise (in which case such Indebtedness shall not be permitted by
this clause); provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being held by a person other than Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent
transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8); 

(9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided
that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except
to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9); 

(10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting
interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk; 

(11) obligations arising under any performance or surety bond or obligations in respect of letters of credit related thereto,
provided by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business, which for the avoidance of doubt includes for purposes of this section, but is not limited to, bonding provided with respect to
contracts and projects, including to support contracts and projects of permitted joint ventures of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and where Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary is co-bonding a
project where a Restricted Subsidiary or permitted joint venture is a subcontractor on the contract or project; 

  
 77 












 (12) (A) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings and Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 100.0% of the net cash proceeds received by Holdings since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of Holdings or cash contributed to the
capital of Holdings (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock or sales of Equity Interests to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with Section 4.07(a) (III)(C) to the
extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant Section 4.07(b) or to make Permitted Investments specified in
clauses (10), (12), (14), (16), (17) or (18) of the definition thereof and (B) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted
hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant
to this subclause (12)(B), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of (x) $160.0 million and (y) 40% of LTM EBITDA (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this
subclause (12)(B) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this subclause (12)(B) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) from and after the first date on which Holdings or such
Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) without reliance on this subclause (12)(B)); 

(13) the incurrence or issuance by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, and the
issuance by any Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock, in each case which serves to refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any
Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued as permitted under Section 4.09(a) and Sections 4.09(b)(2), (3), (4), (12)(A), (13) and (14) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock previously incurred or issued to so
refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred or issued to pay premiums (including tender premiums),
defeasance costs, accrued interest, fees and expenses in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 

(A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the
remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded, refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or defeased (or requires no or nominal payments in cash prior to the date that is 91
days after the maturity date of the Notes); 

  
 78 












 (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refunds, refinances,
replaces, renews, extends or defeases (i) Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee thereof at least to
the same extent as the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively;
and 
 (C) shall not include: 

(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Company) that is not a
Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company; 
 (ii) Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Company) that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor; or 

(iii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings or Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 and, provided, further, that
Section 4.09(b)(13)(A) will not apply to any refunding, refinancing, replacement, renewal, extension or defeasance of any Credit Facilities or Secured Indebtedness; 

(14) (x) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary, incurred or issued to finance an acquisition (or other purchase of assets) or (y) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons that are acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or
consolidated with Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that in the case of (x) and (y) after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either (a) Holdings
would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of this covenant or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Holdings and the Restricted
Subsidiaries is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; 
 (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring
by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; 

(16) Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to Credit
Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit; 

  
 79 












 (17) (A) any guarantee by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of
Indebtedness or other obligations of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or 

(A) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Holdings; 

(18) Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums
or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(19) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former
officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent
described in Section 4.07(b)(4) herein; 
 (20) Indebtedness consisting of cash management services incurred in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (21) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from
customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business; 
 (22) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions
that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(23) Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of
exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables or payables for credit management purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken consistent with past practice or in the ordinary course of business; 

(24) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of Holdings in an amount not to exceed, at any one time outstanding and together with
any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (24), the greater of (x) $120.0 million and (y) 30% of LTM EBITDA; 

(25) Indebtedness consisting of Guarantees in favor of customers of Holdings, its Restricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures to
which Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary is a party not to exceed $20.0 million in the aggregate; 
 (26) Indebtedness
of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary not to exceed $40.0 million at any time (without giving effect to any write-offs or write-downs of such Indebtedness); and 

(27) Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary: 

  
 80 












 (A) pursuant to tenders, statutory obligations, bids, leases, governmental
contracts, trade contracts, surety, stay, customs, appeal, performance and/or return of money bonds or other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; and 

(B) in respect of letters of credit, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds or similar instruments to support any of
the foregoing items. 
 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, (1) in the event that an item of
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (27) of
Section 4.09(b) or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a), Holdings, in its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and
will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses of Section 4.09(b) or under Section 4.09(a); and (2) at the time of incurrence, Holdings
will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(a) and Section 4.09(b); provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Secured
Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on
the Issue Date under clause (1) of Section 4.09(b). Notwithstanding the above, Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in the aggregate pursuant
to Section 4.09(a) and clauses (12), (13), (14) and (24) of Section 4.09(b) if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the
aggregate amount of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors incurred or issued pursuant to this Section 4.09(a) and clauses (12), (13), (14) and (24) of
Section 4.09(b) at any one time outstanding would exceed the greater of (x) $160.0 million and (y) 40% of LTM EBITDA. 

(d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment
of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will in each case not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock
or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09. 
 (e) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency
shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is
incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. Dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the
date of such refinancing, such U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (a) the
principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus (b) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums (including tender premiums) and other costs and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar
fees) incurred in connection with such refinancing. 

  
 81 












 (f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if
incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such
refinancing. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a
result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values. 
 (g) The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be, in
respect to Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of: 
 (1) the
Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and 
 (2) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.

 Section 4.10 Asset Sales. 

(a) Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 

(1) Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least
equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by Holdings at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and 

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by Holdings or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the following shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose: 

(A) any liabilities (as reflected in Holdings’ or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the
footnotes thereto or, if incurred or increased subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on Holdings’ or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such
incurrence or increase had taken place on the date of such balance sheet, as determined by Holdings) of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the
transferee of any such assets pursuant to a written agreement which releases or indemnifies Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from such liabilities; 

(B) any securities, notes or other similar obligations received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee
that are converted by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days of the receipt thereof; and 

  
 82 












 (C) any Designated Non-cash
Consideration received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to
this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (i) $150 million and (ii) 40% of LTM EBITDA at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with
the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value. 

(b) Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply
the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, 
 (1) to permanently reduce Indebtedness as follows: 

(A) to permanently reduce Secured Indebtedness, including, without limitation, under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, in
each case, which is secured by a Lien that is permitted by this Indenture and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; 

(B) to permanently reduce Obligations under other Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor (and to correspondingly
reduce commitments with respect thereto), provided that the Company or such Guarantor shall equally and ratably reduce (or offer to reduce, as applicable) Obligations under the Notes on a pro rata basis to the extent the Obligations being
reduced were incurred after the Issue Date; provided further that all reductions of Obligations under the Notes shall be made as provided under Section 3.07 herein or through open-market purchases
(to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of Notes to
purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or 

(C) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale are the property or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Company)
that is not a Guarantor, to permanently reduce Indebtedness of (i) a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Company) that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii) the Company or a
Guarantor. 
 (2) to make (A) an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided that such Investment in any
business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary,
(B) capital expenditures or (C) acquisitions of other assets, in each of (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Similar Business; or 

  
 83 












 (3) to make an Investment in (A) any one or more businesses;
provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such
that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) acquisitions of other assets that, in each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; 

provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment entered into not later than such
450-day period shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as Holdings, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the
good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated
for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in (x) connection therewith or (y) such Net Proceeds are not actually so invested or paid in accordance with clause (2) or (3) above by the end of such 180-day period, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds. 
 Pending the final application
of any Net Proceeds, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this
Indenture. 
 (c) Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in
Section 4.10(b) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $100.0 million, the Company shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and if required by the
terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes or any Guarantee (“Pari Passu Indebtedness”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum
aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is an integral multiple of $1,000 (but in minimum amounts of $2,000) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price, in the case of the Notes,
in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, and in the case of any Pari Passu
ObligationsIndebtedness
 at the offer price required by the terms thereof but not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in accordance with the procedures set forth herein.
The Company will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within 10 Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $100.0 million by transmitting the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a
copy to the Trustee. The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 450 days or with
respect to Excess Proceeds of $100.0 million or less. 

  
 84 












 (d) To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu
Indebtedness, as the case may be, tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, Holdings may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purposes not otherwise prohibited under this Indenture. If the aggregate principal
amount of Notes or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, such Notes or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, will be purchased on a pro rata basis
based on the accreted value or principal amount of such Notes or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, tendered (and the Registrar will select the tendered Notes (in the case of physical Notes) of tendering holders on a pro rata basis,
or such other basis in accordance with DTC procedures (in the case of global Notes) based on the amount of Notes tendered). Additionally, the Company may, at its option, make an Asset Sale Offer using proceeds from any Asset Sale at any time after
consummation of such Asset Sale. Upon consummation or expiration of any Asset Sale Offer, any Net Proceeds not used to purchase Notes or Pari Passu Indebtedness in such Asset Sale Offer shall not be deemed Excess Proceeds and Holdings may use
any Net Proceeds not required to be used for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained herein. 
 (e) The Company
will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with
the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and
regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of such compliance. 
 The provisions
under this Indenture relative to the Company’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of an Asset Sale may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding. 
 Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates. 

(a) Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of
Holdings (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $25.0 million, unless: 

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to Holdings or its relevant Restricted
Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and 

(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions
involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of Holdings (or a resolution of the Audit Committee of the board of directors of Holdings approved by a
majority of the members of the Audit Committee) approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above. 

  
 85 












 (b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will
not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof: 
 (1) transactions between or among Holdings or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 herein and the definition of
“Permitted Investment”; 
 (3) the payment of reasonable and customary compensation and fees paid to, and
indemnities provided for the benefit of, former, current or future officers, directors, employees or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(4) transactions in which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter
from an Independent Financial Advisor either stating that such transaction is fair to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that such terms are not materially less favorable to Holdings or its relevant
Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; 

(5) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby
(including pursuant to any amendment thereto) or by any replacement agreement thereto (so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect when taken as a whole as compared to the
applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date as determined in good faith by Holdings); 
 (6) the existence of, or the
performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the
Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any
such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (6) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous in any
material respect in the good faith judgment of the board of directors or management of Holdings to the Holders when taken as a whole; 

(7) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the
ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of Holdings or the senior management
thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party; 

  
 86 












 (8) the sale and issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings to any Permitted
Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant of Holdings or its direct or indirect parent entities or its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Affiliates thereof otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture; 

(9) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility or Factoring Program;

 (10) payments by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the investors made for any financial advisory,
financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of
Holdings in good faith; 
 (11) any issuances of securities or other payments, awards, grants in cash, securities or
otherwise or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent entities or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to, or for the funding of, employment arrangements or agreements,
stock option plans, stock ownership plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by Holdings in good faith; 

(12) the pledge of Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to lenders to support the Indebtedness of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary owed to such lenders; 
 (13) any transaction with a joint venture which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction
solely because Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest or otherwise controls such joint venture or similar entity; and 

(14) the payment of management, consulting, monitory and advisory fees and related expenses pursuant to the Advisory Agreement
pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or pursuant to any amendment thereto or a new or replacement agreement (so long as any such amendment or new or replacement agreement is not materially more
disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the Advisory Agreement in effect on the Issue Date). 

Section 4.12 Liens. 

Holdings will not, and will not permit the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise
cause or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee of the Company or any Guarantor, on any asset or property of the Company or any Guarantor, or any income or profits
therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless: 
 (a) in the case of any Liens securing Subordinated
Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; and 

  
 87 












 (b) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except
that the foregoing shall not apply to or restrict Liens securing obligations in respect of the Notes (and exchange notes with respect thereto) and the related Guarantees. 

Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.12 shall be deemed automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of each of the Liens described in clauses (a) and (b) above. If Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor should require the Trustee to execute any document in
connection with such release and discharge of a Lien, the Company shall provide an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel each stating that (i) such release and discharge is authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and
the Notes, and (ii) that all conditions precedent to such release and discharge have been satisfied. 
 Section 4.13
Corporate Existence. 
 Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve
and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence. 
 Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company has previously or concurrently transmitted a redemption notice with respect to all the
outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.07, the Company will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of
Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus Additional Amounts and
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will transmit notice of such Change of Control Offer, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such
Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC with the following information: 

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes properly tendered
pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Company; 
 (2) the purchase price and the
purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is transmitted (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance
of a Change of Control as described below; 
 (3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to
accrue interest; 
 (4) that unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted
for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date; 

  
 88 












 (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change
of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the
notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (6) that
Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Company to purchase such Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the expiration date of the Change of
Control Offer, an electronic transmission, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes
and its election to have such Notes purchased; 
 (7) that if the Company is purchasing less than all of the Notes, the
remaining Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; 

(8) the other instructions, as determined by the Company, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must
follow; and 
 (9) if such notice is transmitted prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of
Control Offer is conditional upon the occurrence of such Change of Control. 
 The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a
Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to
have breached its obligations in this Indenture by virtue of such compliance. 
 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company
will, to the extent permitted by law: 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of
Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered
to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to, and purchased by, the Company. 

  
 89 












 The Paying Agent will promptly mail (but in any case not later than five days after the
Change of Control Payment Date) to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book
entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of
Control Payment Date. 
 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.14, the Company will not be required to make a
Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 and purchases all
Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.

 (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control,
conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made. In such a case, the related notice shall describe such condition, and if
applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the purchase date may be delayed until such time as such condition shall be satisfied, or such purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that such condition
shall not have been satisfied by the purchase date, or by the purchase date as so delayed. 
 (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, in connection with any Change of Control Offer, if Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in such tender offer and the Company, or any third
party making such a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Company, purchase all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company or such third party will have the right upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’
prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase date, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price offered to each other Holder in such Change of Control Offer; plus, to the
extent not included in the Change of Control Offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date. 

Section 4.15 Payments for Consent. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to
all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 

  
 90 












 Section 4.16 Additional Note Guarantees. 

(a) The Company will cause each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that incurs material Indebtedness, has Indebtedness under Credit Facilities or
guarantees Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture (in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto) in which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally
guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations under this Indenture on a senior unsecured basis and to deliver an Opinion of Counsel to
the Trustee within 90 days of the date on which such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary incurred material Indebtedness, had Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities or guaranteed Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, stating that such
supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by that Domestic Restricted Subsidiary and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of that Domestic Subsidiary, enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions). Without limiting the foregoing,
anyThe Company will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings may be designated as a Guarantor by Holdings in its sole discretionthat guarantees the Senior Secured Credit Facility to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture (in the
form attached as Exhibit E hereto) in which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other
obligations under this Indenture on a senior unsecured basis and to deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee within 30 days of the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary guaranteed the Senior Secured Credit
Facilities, stating that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of such Restricted Subsidiary, enforceable in accordance with its terms
(subject to customary exceptions including those specified in Section 4.16(c) below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in the event that
any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, which is a Guarantor, has no
material Indebtedness, has no Indebtedness under Credit Facilities and is released and discharged in full from all of its obligations under guarantees of the Company or any Guarantor, then the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be automatically and
unconditionally released or discharged; provided, that such Restricted Subsidiary has not incurred any Indebtedness in reliance on its status as a Guarantor under Section 4.09 hereof unless such Guarantor’s obligations under such
Indebtedness so incurred are satisfied in full and discharged or are otherwise permitted under one of the exceptions available at the time of such release to Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof.
and
(ii) in the event that any Foreign Subsidiary, which is a Guarantor, has no Indebtedness under the
Senior Secured Credit Facilities and is released and discharged in full from all of its obligations under guarantees thereunder, then the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released or discharged; provided,
however, that if the Company or such Guarantor requests that the Trustee take any action, including the execution or delivery of any instrument evidencing any release or termination, or discharge, the Company shall provide an Officer’s
 Certificate and Opinion of Counsel each stating that: (i) such release, termination or discharge is
authorized or permitted by the terms of the Indenture and the Notes, and (ii) all conditions precedent
to such release, termination or discharge have been satisfied. 

(b) Each Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Guarantor without rendering
the Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 

  
 91 













(c)
 The guarantee obligations of a Guarantor under its Note Guarantee may further be limited, modified, delayed or withheld as
necessary or appropriate (i) to be consistent with the limitations of its guarantee or obligations
under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, (ii) if in certain jurisdictions it is either impossible or
impractical to grant guarantees; provided that the Company shall use commercially reasonable endeavors to overcome any such obstacle, (iii) to avoid any general legal limitations such as general statutory limitations, financial assistance, corporate benefit,
“thin
 capitalization” rules,
retention of title claims or similar matters, (iv) to avoid a conflict with (A) the fiduciary duties of directors, (B) the contravention of any legal prohibition or regulatory condition, (C) a material risk of personal or criminal liability for any officers or directors, in each case as determined by the
Company in good faith, (v) avoid negotiations with pension trustees or regulators where such Note
Guarantee would have a materially negative financial or cash effect on a pension obligation or
(vi) avoid a material income inclusion under Section 951(a)(1)(B) of the Code. 

(d)
 The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to execute and deliver the intercreditor agreement with the administrative agent
for the Senior Secured Credit Facilities in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F. 

Section 4.17 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

The board of directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not
cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as Unrestricted
will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as
determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The board of directors of the Company
may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default. 
 Any
designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an
Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if
such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company will be in default of such covenant. The board of directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any 

  
 92 












 
outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a
pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. 

Section 4.18 Covenant Suspension. 

(a) During any period of time following the Issue Date that (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and
(ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture then, beginning on that day (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a
“Covenant Suspension Event”) and continuing until the occurrence of the Reversion Date, if any, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following sections of this Indenture: 

Section 4.07; 

Section 4.08; 

Section 4.09; 

Section 4.10; 

Section 4.11; 

Section 4.16; and 

Section 5.01(a)(4); 

(collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). The Company or Holdings shall give the Trustee written notice of any Covenant
Suspension Event and in any event not later than five (5) Business Days after such Covenant Suspension Event has occurred. In the absence of such notice, the Trustee shall assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect.
The Company or Holdings shall give the Trustee written notice of any occurrence of a Reversion Date not later than five (5) Business Days after such Reversion Date. After any such notice of the occurrence of a Reversion Date, the Trustee
shall assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect. Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to any applicable Asset Sale shall be set at zero at such date (the
“Suspension Date”). In addition, in the event that Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the
“Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating or a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing,
then Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this Section 4.18
as the “Suspension Period.” Within 30 days of the Reversion Date, any Restricted Subsidiary that would have been required during the Suspension Period but for the Suspended Covenants by Section 4.16 hereof to execute a
supplemental indenture will execute such supplemental indenture required by Section 4.16 hereof. 

  
 93 












 (b) During any period that the foregoing Suspended Covenants have been suspended, Holdings
may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to clause (2) of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” 

(c) During any Suspension Period, Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction; provided, however, that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction if (i) Holdings or
such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred a Lien to secure the Indebtedness attributable to such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction pursuant to Section 4.12 without equally and ratably securing the
Notes pursuant to the covenant described therein; and (ii) the consideration received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary in that Sale and Lease-Back Transaction is at least equal to the fair market
value of the property sold and otherwise complies with Section 4.10; provided, further, that this Section 4.18(c) shall cease to apply on and subsequent to the Reversion Date following such Suspension Period. 

(d) During the Suspension Period, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be entitled to incur Liens to the extent provided for under
Section 4.12 (including, without limitation, Permitted Liens) to the extent provided for in such covenant and any Permitted Liens which may refer to one or more Suspended Covenants shall be interpreted as though such applicable Suspended
Covenant(s) continued to be applicable during the Suspension Period (but solely for purposes of Section 4.12 and for no other covenant). 

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by Holdings or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under the Indenture with respect to the Notes; provided that (1) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the
amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though Section 4.07 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period; (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued, during the Suspension
Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(3); (3) any Affiliate Transaction entered into after such reinstatement pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to
be permitted pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(6); and (4) any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to take any action described in clauses (1) through (3) of
Section 4.08(a) that becomes effective during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(1). 
 Section 4.19
Additional
Amounts. 

(a)
 All payments made by or on behalf of the Company or any of the Guarantors under or with respect to the Notes or any Note
Guarantee will be made free and clear of, and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future Taxes unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law. If any deduction or withholding for, or on
account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) any jurisdiction in which the Company or
any Guarantor (including any successor entity) is then incorporated, engaged in  

  
 94 












 
business, organized or resident for tax purposes or any political
subdivision thereof or therein or (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by or on
behalf of the Company or any Guarantor (including, without limitation, the jurisdiction of any paying agent) or any political subdivision thereof or therein (each of (1) and (2), a
“Tax
Jurisdiction”), will at any time be required to be made from any payments under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee,
including, without limitation, payments of principal, redemption price, purchase price, interest or premium, the Company or the relevant Guarantor, as applicable, will pay such additional amounts (the “Additional
 Amounts”
) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received and retained in respect of such payments by each Holder or beneficial owner of Notes after such withholding, deduction or imposition
will equal the respective amounts of cash that would have been received and retained in respect of such payments in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided,
however, that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to: 

(1)
 any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed but for the Holder or the beneficial owner of the Notes (or a
fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, partner of, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, the relevant Holder if the relevant Holder is an estate, trust, nominee, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) being a citizen or
resident or national of, incorporated in the relevant Tax Jurisdiction in which such Taxes are imposed or having any other present or former connection with the relevant Tax Jurisdiction other than the acquisition or holding of such Notes, the
exercise or enforcement of rights under such Note or this Indenture or under a Note Guarantee of a Guarantor or the receipt of payments in respect of such Note or a Note Guarantee of a Guarantor;


(2)
 any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes were imposed as a result of the presentation of a Note for payment (where presentation is
required) more than 30 days after the relevant payment is first made available for payment to the Holder (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30-day period); 
 (3) any
 estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or similar Taxes; 

(4)
 any Note presented for payment (where presentation is required) by or on behalf of a Holder of Notes who would have been able
to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the relevant Note to another paying agent in a member state of the European Union; 

(5)
 any Taxes payable other than by deduction or withholding from payments under, or with respect to, the Notes or with respect to
any Note Guarantee of a Guarantor; 
 (6) any
 Taxes to the extent such Taxes are imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of the Holder or beneficial owner of Notes, following the
Company’s
 reasonable written request addressed to the Holder or beneficial owner at least 60 days before any such withholding or deduction would be payable to the Holder or beneficial owner, to comply with any certification, identification, information or
other reporting requirements, whether required by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of a Tax Jurisdiction, as a  

  
 95 












 
precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of
deduction or withholding of, Taxes imposed by the Tax Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a certification that the Holder or beneficial owner is not resident in the Tax Jurisdiction), but in each case, only to the extent the Holder or
beneficial owner is legally entitled to provide such certification or documentation; 

(7)
 any Taxes imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of the Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes to comply with the
requirements of Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, the U.S. Treasury Regulations issued thereunder or any official interpretation thereof or any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code; 

(8)
 any withholding Tax imposed by the United States or a political subdivision thereof; or 

(9)
 any combination of clauses
(1) through (8) above. 

(b)
 In addition to the foregoing, the Company and any Guarantors will also pay and indemnify the Holder for any present or future
stamp, issue, registration, value added, transfer, court or documentary Taxes, or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto) which are levied by any
jurisdiction on the execution, delivery, issuance or registration of any of the Notes, this Indenture, any Note Guarantee of a Guarantor or any other document referred to therein, or the receipt of any payments with respect thereto, or enforcement
of, any of the Notes or any Note Guarantee of a Guarantor. 
 (c) If
 the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, becomes aware that it will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to any payment under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee of a Guarantor, the Company or the relevant
Guarantor, as the case may be, will deliver to the Trustee on a date that is at least 30 days prior to the date of that payment (unless the obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to that payment date, in which case the
Company or the relevant Guarantor shall notify the Trustee promptly thereafter) an Officer’s Certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount estimated to be so payable. The
Officer’s
 Certificate must also set forth any other information reasonably necessary to enable the paying agents to pay Additional Amounts to holders on the relevant payment date. The Company or the relevant Guarantor will provide the Trustee with
documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing the payment of Additional Amounts. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely absolutely on an
Officer’s
 Certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary, and may conclusively presume that no payments are necessary unless and until it receives any such Officer’s
 Certificate. 
 (d) The
 Company or the relevant Guarantor will make all withholdings and deductions (within the time period and in the minimum amount) required by law and will remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Tax authority in accordance with
applicable law. The Company or the relevant Guarantor will use their reasonable efforts to obtain Tax receipts from each Tax authority evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld. The Company or the relevant Guarantor will furnish to
the Trustee (or to a holder upon request), within 60 days  

  
 96 












 
after the date the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld
is made, certified copies of Tax receipts evidencing payment by the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, or if, notwithstanding such
entity’s
 efforts to obtain receipts, receipts are not obtained, other evidence of payments (reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee) by such entity. 

(e)
 The obligations in this
Section 4.19 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of the Indenture, any transfer by a
holder or beneficial owner of its Notes, and will apply, mutatis
mutandis, to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Company or any Guarantor is
incorporated, engaged in business for tax purposes or resident for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which such Person makes any payment on the Notes (or any Note Guarantee of a Guarantor) and any department or political subdivision
thereof or therein. 
 ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSORS 

Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of
Assets. 
 (a) Neither Holdings nor the Company may, directly or indirectly, consolidate or merge with or
into or wind up into (whether or not Holdings or the Company, as applicable, is the surviving corporation) or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Holdings’ or the Company’s properties
or assets, as applicable, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 
 (1) Holdings or the Company, as
applicable, is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Holdings or the Company, as applicable) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will
have been made is a corporation, partnership (including a limited partnership), trust or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of Holdings or the Company, as applicable, or the laws of the
United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); provided that in the case where the Successor Company is the
successor to the Company and is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation; 

(2) the Successor Company, if other than Holdings or the Company, expressly assumes all the obligations of Holdings or the
Company, as applicable, under this Indenture and the Guarantee or the Notes, as applicable, pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments; 

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; 

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such
transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, 
 (A) Holdings or the Successor Company
(if the successor to Holdings), as applicable, would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a), or 

  
 97 












 (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Holdings or the Successor Company
(if the successor to Holdings) and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such Ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; 

(5) each Guarantor, unless (i) it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case
Section 5.01(b)(1)(B) shall apply or (ii) Holdings is the surviving entity, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and 

(6) the Company or the Successor Company (if the successor to the Company) shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture, if any, complies with this Indenture. 

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, Holdings or the Company, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the
Guarantees and the Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4) of this Section 5.01(a), 

(1) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Company) may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its
properties and assets to Holdings, the Company or a Guarantor, and 
 (2) Holdings or the Company may merge with an Affiliate
of Holdings or the Company, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reincorporating Holdings or the Company in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of
Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. 
 (b) No Subsidiary Guarantor will, and Holdings will not permit any
Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 
 (1) (A) such Guarantor is the surviving
entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership, trust
or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such
Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”); 
 (A) the
Successor Person, if other than a Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments; 

  
 98 












 (B) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default
exists; or 
 (C) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel,
each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture, if any, complies with this Indenture; 

(2) except in the case of an Intermediate Parent, the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 herein, if
applicable; or 
 (3) in the case of assets comprised of Equity Interests of Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, such
Equity Interests are sold, assigned, transferred, leased, conveyed or otherwise disposed of to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries. 

Subject to Section 5.02 herein, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and
such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may (1) merge or consolidate with or into, wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Company,
(2) merge with an Affiliate of Holdings or the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Subsidiary Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (3) convert into a
corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary Guarantor, or (4) liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if
Holdings determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of Holdings, in each case, without regard to the requirements set forth in this Section 5.01(b). 

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted.

 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, in which the Company is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person formed
by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such
consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may
exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the
obligation to pay the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest, if any, on, the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of,
Section 5.01 hereof. 

  
 99 












 ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

Section 6.01 Events of Default. 

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 

(1) default in payment when due and payable (whether at maturity, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise) of principal of,
or premium, if any, on the Notes; 
 (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect
to the Notes; 
 (3) failure by Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice
given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its other obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred
to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in this Indenture or the Notes; 
 (4) default under any mortgage,
indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by Holdings or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Guarantor, if both: 
 (A) such default either
results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at
its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and 

(B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for
failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $75.0 million or more at any one time outstanding; 

(5) failure by Holdings, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of
$75.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final and non-appealable, and in the event such judgment is
covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; 

(6) Holdings, the Company or any of Holdings’ Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 

  
 100 












 (A) commences a voluntary case, 

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 

(C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or 

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 

(7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief against Holdings, the Company or any of Holdings’ Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant
Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 

(B) appoints a custodian of Holdings, the Company or any of Holdings’ Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant
Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of Holdings, the Company or any of Holdings’ Restricted Subsidiaries
that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 

(C) orders the liquidation of Holdings, the Company or any of Holdings’ Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant
Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 

(D) and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; and 

(8) the Guarantee of Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be
declared null and void or any responsible officer of Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect,
other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture. 

Section 6.02 Acceleration. 

In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable
immediately without further action or notice. 

  
 101 












 If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at
least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Such acceleration will not be effective until the earlier of (1) the acceleration of Indebtedness under the
Credit Facilities or (2) five Business Days after receipt by the Company of written notice of such acceleration, at which time the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes will
become due and payable immediately. 
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written
notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders of all the Notes, rescind an acceleration and its consequences under this Indenture, if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default
(except nonpayment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on the Notes that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived and the Company has paid all sums owing to the Trustee pursuant to
Section 7.07 hereof. 
 In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(4) hereof, such Event of Default and all
consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 30 days after
such Event of Default arose: 
 (1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been
discharged; 
 (2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving
rise to such Event of Default; or 
 (3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured. 

Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium
on, if any, or interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee
may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default
shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 

  
 102 












 Section 6.04 Waiver of
Past Defaults. 
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by
written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of,
premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an
acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for
every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

Section 6.05 Control by Majority. 

Subject to the restrictions contained in this Indenture, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or
this Indenture, that is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that
is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Section 6.05, the Trustee shall receive indemnification from the Holders satisfactory to it against all loss, liability and expense caused by taking or not taking
such action. 
 Section 6.06 Limitation on
Suits. 
 Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when
due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (a) such Holder has previously given
the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (b) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (c) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide
to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (d) the Trustee does
not comply with such request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (e) during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request. 

  
 103 












 A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a
Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note (it being understood that the Trustee shall not have any affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders). 

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive
Payment. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to
receive payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such
payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

 If an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized
to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, and interest, if any, remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the
extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other
amounts owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07 hereunder. 

Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to
have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and other amounts owing to the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof) and the Holders
of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable
or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to
the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent
that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall not be made
in full for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether
in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

  
 104 












 Section 6.10
Priorities. 
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay
out the money in the following order: 
 First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under
Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 

Second: to the Agents, their agents and attorneys for all amounts due for payment of all compensation, expenses and
liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Agents and the costs and expenses of collection; 
 Third: to
Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any,
and interest, if any, respectively; and 
 Fourth: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent
jurisdiction shall direct. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this
Section 6.10. 
 Section 6.11 Undertaking for
Costs. 
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against
the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable
costs, including attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a
suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 

ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee. 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

  
 105 












 (1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express
provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; however, in the case of any such certificates and opinions which by any provision hereof or
thereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee will be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy
of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 
 (c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee
from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 

(1) this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 

(2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved
that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 
 (3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any
action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof; and 

(4) no provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee
will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to
this Section 7.01. 
 (e) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in
writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

(f) The permissive authorizations, entitlements, powers and rights (including the right to request that the Company take an action or deliver
a document and the exercise of remedies following an Event of Default) granted to the Trustee herein shall not be construed as duties. 

  
 106 












 Section 7.02 Rights of
Trustee and Agents. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine
and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The
Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel
will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it under this Indenture in good faith and in reliance thereon. 

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed
with due care. No Depositary shall be deemed an agent of the Trustee, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any act or omission by any Depositary. 

(d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the
rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request,
direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 
 (f) The Trustee will be under no
obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against
the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
 (g) Except for a default
under Section 6.01(1) or Section 6.01(2) hereof, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless written notice is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office, and
such notice references the Notes and this Indenture and states that it is a notice of Default or Event of Default. 
 (h) In no event shall
the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive, incidental or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the
likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 
 (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits
given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder;
provided, however, that (i) an agent, custodian or other Person shall only be liable to extent of its gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith; and (ii) in and during an Event of Default, only the Trustee, and
not any agent, custodian or other Person, shall be subject to the prudent person standard. 

  
 107 












 (j) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the
performance of its powers and duties hereunder. 
 (k) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the
names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture. 
 (l) In no
event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work
stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, epidemics, pandemics, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and
hardware) services; in the event of any such delay, performance shall be extended for so long as such period of delay. 
 (m) The Trustee
shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness
or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall
be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the
Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 herein. 

Section 7.04 Trustee’s
Disclaimer. 
 The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or
adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not
be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the
sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice thereof, the
Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days, unless such Default or Event of Default has been cured or waived. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of,
premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the
Notes. 

  
 108 












 Section 7.06
[Reserved]. 
 Section 7.07
Compensation and Indemnity. 
 (a) The Company will pay to the Trustee and the Agents from time
to time reasonable compensation for their acceptance of this Indenture and for all services rendered by it hereunder. The Trustee’s and Agents’ compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.
The Company will reimburse the Trustee and the Agents promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable
compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts (including any applicable value added tax). 

(b) The Company and the Guarantors jointly and severally will indemnify each of the Trustee and the Agents and each of their officers,
directors, employees and agents, against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this
Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or
any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties under this Indenture, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence, willful misconduct or
bad faith. Each of the Trustee and the Agents will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee or the Agents to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their
obligations under this Indenture. 
 (c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 (d) To secure the Company’s and the
Guarantors’ obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee or any Paying Agent, except that held in trust to pay principal of, premium on, if any,
or interest, if any, on, particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 

(e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of
Section 6.01 hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

  
 109 












 Section 7.08
Replacement of Trustee. 
 (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a
successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 

(b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of
a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any
Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Company. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring
Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10
hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will transmit a notice of its succession to
Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee under this Indenture have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in
Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.


  
 110 












 Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.If the Trustee consolidates,
merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another Person, the successor Person without any further act will be the successor Trustee. 

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.

 There will at all times be a Trustee under this Indenture that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the
United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus
(together with its Affiliates) of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 

Section 7.11 Resignation of Agents. 

Any Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Indenture at any time by giving 30 days’ prior written notice of such
resignation to the Trustee and the Company. The Trustee or the Company may remove any Agent at any time by giving 30 days’ prior written notice to any Agent. Upon such notice, a successor Agent shall be appointed by the Company, who shall
provide written notice of such to the Trustee. Such successor Agent shall become the Agent under this Indenture upon the resignation or removal date specified in such notice. If the Company is unable to replace the resigning Agent within 30 days
after such notice, the Agent may, in its sole discretion, appoint a successor Agent on the Company’s behalf, deliver any funds then held under this Indenture in its possession to the Trustee or may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for
the appointment of a successor Agent or for other appropriate relief. The costs and expenses (including its counsels’ fees and expenses and any applicable value added tax) incurred by the Agent in connection with such proceeding shall be paid
by the Company. Upon receipt of the identity of the successor Agent, the Agent shall delivery any funds then held under this Indenture to the successor Agent, less the Agent’s fees, costs and expenses or other obligations owed to the Agent.
Upon its resignation and delivery any funds, the Agent shall be discharged of and from any and all further obligations arising in connection with this Indenture; provided that Section 7.07 hereof shall survive. 

ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND
COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance
or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The Company may at any time, at the option of its board of directors evidenced by
a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 

  
 111 












 Section 8.02 Legal
Defeasance and Discharge. 
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all
outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be
deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the
other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of
the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged under this Indenture: 

(a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on
such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof; 
 (b) the Company’s obligations with
respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof; 
 (c) the rights and immunities of the Trustee under this
Indenture and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (d) this Article 8. 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior
exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
 Section 8.03
Covenant Defeasance. 
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the
option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained
in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16 and, 4.17 and 4.18 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof with
respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for
the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes under this
Indenture (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may
omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any
reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of
this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8) hereof will not constitute Events of Default. 

  
 112 












 Section 8.04 Conditions
to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof: 
 (a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the
Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants, to pay
the principal of, premium, if any, on and interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased
to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date; 
 (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the
Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that: 
 (1) the Company has received from, or there has
been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
 (2) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change
in the applicable federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders
and the beneficial owners of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the
same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (c) in the case of an election under Section 8.03
hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders and beneficial owners of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant
Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default
resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit (and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness), and the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings); 

(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior
Secured Credit Facilities or any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture and the agreements governing any other Indebtedness being defeased, discharged or replaced) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the
Company or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting with respect to any Indebtedness being defeased from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and
simultaneous deposit relating to such Indebtedness and the granting of Liens therewith); 

  
 113 












 (f) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the
deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company, any Guarantor or others; and

 (g) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions
precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (b) with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if
all Notes not therefore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable, or (y) will become due and payable within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of
redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the
Notes, cash in U.S. Dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption. 

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in
Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
 Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee or paying agent, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the
“Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either
directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any,
but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 The Company will pay and indemnify the
Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received
in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the
request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants
expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

  
 114 












 Section 8.06 Repayment
to Company. 
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in
trust for the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company
on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with
respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of
the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date
of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 

Section 8.07 Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government
Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s
and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying
Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on,
any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT
AND WAIVER 
 Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of
Notes. 
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, without the consent of any Holder of Notes,
the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees: 
 (a) to cure any
ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency; 
 (b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes or to alter the provisions of this Indenture relating to the form of the Notes (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder (as determined by Holdings) (provided that, in each
case, the resulting Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code); 

  
 115 












 (c) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof; 

(d) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders; 

(e) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights
under this Indenture of any such Holder (as determined by Holdings); 
 (f) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender
any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor; 
 (g) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this
Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements hereof; 
 (h) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance
with this Indenture; 
 (i) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture and to allow a Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or
guarantee the Notes or to release a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 
 (j) to conform the text of this Indenture,
the Guarantees or the Notes to any provisions of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Circular (as determined by Holdings); 

(k) make any provision with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture that the Company may deem necessary or desirable and
that shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that such change or modification does not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect (as determined by Holdings); 

(l) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture,
including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the
Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes (in each case, as determined by Holdings); or 

(m) to provide for the issuance of the Notes in a manner consistent with the terms of this Indenture. 

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or
supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.05 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors party thereto in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless
such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or
supplemental Indenture. Any supplemental indenture, the sole effect of which is to add one or more new Guarantors, is not required to be executed and delivered by any then-existing Guarantor. 

  
 116 












 Section 9.02 With
Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, the Guarantors and the
Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof) and the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and,
subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, the Notes, except a payment default
resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded, unless held by a non-consenting Holder) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with
a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, or the Notes); provided that (x) if any such amendment or waiver will only affect one series of Notes (or less than all series of Notes) then outstanding under this Indenture, then
only the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including, in each case, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) shall be
required and (y) if any such amendment or waiver by its terms will affect a series of Notes in a manner different and materially adverse relative to the manner such amendment or waiver affects other series of Notes, then the consent of the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of each such series then outstanding (including, in each case, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes) shall be required.
Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02. 

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or
supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.05 hereof, the
Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture
or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 

It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 

  
 117 












 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the
Company will transmit to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to transmit such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect
the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance
in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with
respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (a) reduce the principal amount of such
Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
 (b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of
any such Note or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the redemption price therefor; 
 (c) reduce the
rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note; 
 (d) (x) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if
any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of all then outstanding Notes, and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or
(y) waive a Default in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Subsidiary Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders; 

(e) make any Note payable in money other than U.S. Dollars; 

(f) make any change to the provisions of Sections 9.01 or 9.02 hereof; 

(g) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after
the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees; 

(h) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or 

(i) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantee of Holdings in any manner materially adverse to the Holders of such
Notes. 
 For purposes of determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have taken any action under this
Indenture, the principal amount of Notes shall be deemed to be the U.S. Dollar equivalent of such principal amount of Notes as of (i) if a record date has been set with respect to the taking of such action, such date or (ii) if no
such date has been set, the date the taking of such action by the Holders of such requisite principal amount is certified to the Trustee by the Company. 

  
 118 












 Section 9.03 Revocation
and Effect of Consents. 
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a
Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any
such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver
becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 

Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 

The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the board of directors of the Company approves it. In executing any
amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.02 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel each stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 

ARTICLE 10 
 NOTE GUARANTEES 

Section 10.01 Guarantee. 

(a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 

(1) the principal of, premium, if any, on, and interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether
at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, and interest, if any, on, the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or
thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 

  
 119 












 (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or
any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and
severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 

(1) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations under this Indenture are unconditional, irrespective of the validity,
regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the
Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims
with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by
complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (2) If any Holder or the Trustee is
required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such
Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 (3) Each
Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as
between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee,
notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6
hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any
non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee. 

  
 120 












 Section 10.02
Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 
 Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby
confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer
Act or any similar federal, state or foreign law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will
be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to
receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting
a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, including this Section 10.02, any Foreign
Subsidiary’s
 guarantee and the requirements of this Indenture applicable to such Foreign Subsidiary, may also be subject to other limitations specified in the applicable supplemental indenture as contemplated by Section 4.16. 

Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.

 To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture will be
executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers. 
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in
Section 10.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates
the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. 
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee,
after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 

In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.16 hereof, the Company will
cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.16 hereof and this
Article 10, to the extent applicable. 
 Section 10.04
Releases. 
 The obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than any Intermediate Parent) under its Note
Guarantee will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged when any of the following occurs: 
 (1) upon any
sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor, after which the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, if such sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance
with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; 
 (2) upon the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 

  
 121 












 (3) upon the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its guarantee, if
any, and of all pledges and security, if any, granted by such Subsidiary Guarantor in connection with the Senior Secured Credit Facilities; 

(4) upon the designation of such Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of Section 4.07
hereof and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” herein; 
 (5) if the Company exercises its Legal
Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 hereof or if the Company’s obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with this Indenture; 

(6) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of all Indebtedness that resulted in the creation of such
Guarantee except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee (it being understood that a release subject to a contingent reinstatement will constitute a release for the purposes of this provision); or 

(7) upon the merger or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into the Company or another Guarantor or upon the liquidation of
such Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to the Company or another Guarantor; 
 in the case of clauses (1) and (2) of this
Section 10.04, other than to the Company or an Affiliate and as permitted by this Indenture, and the Company must comply with Section 4.10 hereof in respect of such disposition. 

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.04 will remain liable for the
full amount of principal of, premium on, if any, and interest, if any, on, the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. At the request and expense of the Company, the Trustee
shall execute and deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing the release of a Guarantor pursuant to this Section 10.04. 
 The
obligations of Holdings and any Intermediate Parent under its Note Guarantee will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon: 

(1) the exercise by the Company of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under Article 8 or
the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture as described under “Satisfaction and Discharge” or the consolidation or merger of the Company with Holdings or an
Intermediate Parent in a manner permitted pursuant to, the provisions described above under Section 5.01; and 
 (2)
such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate, stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such release and discharge have been complied with. 

  
 122 












 ARTICLE 11 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. 

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when: 

(a) either: 
 (1)
all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation; or 
 (2) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by
reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the
Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in
U.S. Dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 
 (b) in respect
of Section 11.01(a)(2), no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any similar
deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any
Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound (other than with respect to the borrowing of funds to be applied concurrently to make the deposit required to effect such satisfaction and discharge and any similar concurrent
deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and in each case the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings); 
 (c) the Company has paid or
caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 
 (d) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee
to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 In addition, the
Trustee will acknowledge the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture if the Company delivers an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee each stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 

  
 123 












 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been
deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (a)(2) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions
of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be
held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to
the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by
reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on,
any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 12 
 MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 12.01 Notices. 

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or
by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission, e-mail or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 

If to the Company: 
 APi Group DE,
Inc. 
 1100 Old Highway Eight NW, New Brighton, MN 55112 

Attention: General Counsel and Secretary, Andrea Fike, Esq. 

Corporate Controller, Andy Cebulla 

E-mail: andrea.fike@apigroupinc.us; andy.cebulla@apigroup.us 

If to any Guarantor: 
 APi Group
Corporation 
 1100 Old Highway Eight NW, New Brighton, MN 55112 

  
 124 












 Attention: General Counsel and Secretary, Andrea Fike, Esq. 

Corporate Controller, Andy Cebulla 

E-mail: andrea.fike@apigroupinc.us; andy.cebulla@apigroup.us 

In each case, with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice): 

Kane Kessler, P.C. 
 600 3rd
Avenue, 35th Floor, New York, NY 10016 
 Attention: Robert L. Lawrence, Esq.; Mitchell
D. Hollander, Esq. 
 E-mail: Rlawrence@kanekessler.com; Mhollander@kanekessler.com 

If to the Trustee: 
 Computershare
Trust Company, N.A. 
 6200 S. Quebec Street 

Greenwood Village, CO 80111 

Attention: Corporate Trust 
 With
a copy to (which shall not constitute notice): 
 Perkins Coie LLP 

1155 Avenue of the Americas, 22nd Floor, New York, NY 10036 

Fax: 212-399.8043 

Attention: Ronald Sarubbi 
 The
Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

All notices and communications will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar
days after being mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. Notices and communications given by publication or
electronic delivery will be deemed to have been duly given on the first date on which publication or electronic delivery is made. 
 If a
notice or communication is transmitted in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

In addition to the foregoing, the Trustee agrees to accept and act upon notice, instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by
unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods. If the party elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or
instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses,
costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing
electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including, without limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions,
and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties. 

  
 125 












 If the Company transmits a notice or communication to Holders, it will transmit a copy to
the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
 Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or
any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee) pursuant
to the customary procedures of such Depositary. 
 Section 12.02
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the
Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a) an Officer’s Certificate (which must
include the statements set forth in Section 12.03 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signer, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 (b) an Opinion of Counsel, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions (which must include the statements set forth in
Section 12.03 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with. 

Section 12.03 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture must include:

 (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or
investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with. 

  
 126 












 Section 12.04 Rules by
Trustee and Agents. 
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or
Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 

Section 12.05 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholders. 
 No past, present, or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or
any Guarantor, or any of their direct or indirect parent companies, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture or the Note Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect
of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective
to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 
 Section 12.06
Governing Law. 
 THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE,
THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL
ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING AGAINST IT WITH RESPECT TO ITS OBLIGATIONS, LIABILITIES OR ANY OTHER MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE NOTE GUARANTEES MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND
HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS AND SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF EACH SUCH COURT IN PERSONAM, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING FOR ITSELF AND IN
RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTIES, ASSETS AND REVENUES. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO
THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

Section 12.07 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of
any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 

Section 12.08 Successors. 

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will
bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.04 hereof. 

  
 127 












 Section 12.09
Severability. 
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

Section 12.10 Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture, including in electronic.pdf format. Each signed copy will be deemed an original,
but all of them together represent the same agreement. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Indenture or any document to be signed in
connection with this Indenture (including, without limitation, the Notes, the Guarantee and any Officer’s Certificate) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, including, without limitation, digital signature provided by Docusign or
Adobe (or such other digital signature provider as specified in writing to Trustee by the authorized representative), each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature. The Company agrees to
assume all risks arising out of the use of using digital signatures and electronic methods to submit communications to Trustee, including, without limitation, the risk of Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and
misuse by third parties. 
 Section 12.11 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way
modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 Section 12.12
Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange Restrictions. 
 (a) U.S. dollars are the
sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Company and the Guarantors under or in connection with the Notes, the Guarantees of the Notes or this Indenture, including damages related thereto. Any amount received or recovered in
a currency other than U.S. dollars by a Holder of Notes (whether as a result of, or on the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the
Company, any Guarantor or otherwise) in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Company shall only constitute a discharge to the Company to the extent of the U.S. dollar amount, as the case may be, which the recipient is able to
purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so). If that
U.S. dollar amount is less than the U.S. dollar amount expressed to be due to the recipient under the applicable Notes and the Company shall indemnify it against any loss sustained by it as a result as set forth in Section 12.12(b).
In any event, the Company shall indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this Section 12.12, it will be sufficient for the Holder of a Note to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating sources
of information used) that it would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of U.S. dollars, as the case may be, been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of
U.S. dollars on such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it being required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above). 

  
 128 












 (b) The Company covenants and agrees that the following provisions shall apply to conversion
of currency in the case of the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture: 
 (1) (A) If for the purpose of obtaining judgment
in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) an amount due in any other currency (the “Base Currency”), then the conversion
shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise determine). 

(B) If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is
given or an order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the amount due, the Company will pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as
may be necessary so that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount in the Base Currency originally due. 

(2) In the event of the winding-up of the Company or any Guarantor at any time while
any amount or damages owing under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Company shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any
deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (i) the date as of which the Applicable Currency Equivalent of the amount due or contingently due under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (other than
under this clause (2)) is calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (ii) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up. For the
purpose of this clause (2), the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up of the Company or any Guarantor shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the
relevant provisions of applicable law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Company may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in
respect thereto. 
 (c) The obligations contained in paragraph (a), subparagraph (b)(1)(B) and clause (b)(2) of this Section 12.12
shall constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations of the Company under this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Company, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or
extension granted by any Holder or the Trustee or either of them from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the
winding-up of the Company or any Guarantor for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under clause (b)(2) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such deficiency as
aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Company or the liquidator or otherwise or any of them. In the case of
clause (b)(2) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution. 

  
 129 












 (d) The term “rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by
Reuters at 10:00 a.m. (New York time) for spot purchases of the Base Currency with the Judgment Currency other than the Base Currency referred to in clauses (b)(1) and (b)(2) above and includes any premiums and costs of exchange payable.

 The Trustee shall have no duty or liability with respect to any currency exchange or conversion or monitoring or enforcing this
Section 12.12. 
 Section 12.13 Calculations.

 The Company will be responsible for making all calculations called for under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company will make
all such calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, its calculations will be final and binding on Holders. The Company will provide a schedule of its calculations to the Trustee when applicable, and the Trustee is entitled to rely
conclusively upon the accuracy of such calculations without independent verification. The Trustee will deliver a copy of any such schedule to any Holder upon the written request of such Holder. 

Section 12.14 Compliance with European Sanctions and International
Embargoes. 
 (a) Each party to this Indenture hereby certifies that it does not and will not have, directly or
indirectly, any financial link to entities targeted by the sanctions and/or embargoes established by the European Union or the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of the Treasury. It is understood
that funds received in relation to the issuance of Notes, shall and will not be used in any manner whatsoever to circumvent the sanctions established against entities sanctioned by the European Union or OFAC. 

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, any breach of this Section 12.14 by one of the parties hereto is not a breach of this Indenture, but will
unequivocally authorize the other parties hereto to resign from their respective capacities with respect to this Indenture with immediate effect. 

(c) The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that the provisions of the above paragraphs shall automatically apply as soon as one of the
parties is or becomes targeted by the sanctions and/or embargoes established by the European Union or OFAC. 

Section 12.15 Note Purchases by Company and Affiliates.

 The Company and its Affiliates shall be permitted to purchase Notes, whether through private purchase, open market purchase,
tender offer, or otherwise. Such purchase or acquisition shall not operate as or be deemed for any purpose to be a redemption of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes. Any Notes purchased or acquired by the Company may be delivered to the
Trustee and, upon such delivery, the Indebtedness represented thereby shall be deemed to be satisfied. 
 [Signatures on followingRemainder
of page intentionally left blank] 

  
 130 












 IN WITNESS
WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 

 

			
	COMPANY:
	APi Group DE, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name: 
		 	Title:


  

			
	GUARANTORS:
	APi Group Corporation
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name: 
		 	Title:



  
 [Signature Page to Indenture] 












 
			
	3S Incorporated
	A.P.I. Garage Door, Inc.
	A. P. I. Inc.
	American Fire Protection Group, Inc.
	APi Acquisition IV, Inc.
	APi Acquisition V, Inc.
	APi Group Headquarters, LLC
	APi Group, Inc.
	APi National Service Group, Inc.
	APi Real Estate, LLC
	Classic Industrial Services, Inc.
	Davis-Ulmer Sprinkler Company, Inc.
	Delta Fire Systems, Inc.
	ICS, Inc.
	International Fire Protection, Inc.
	Jomax Construction Company, Inc.
	LeJeune Steel Company
	Metropolitan Mechanical Contractors, Inc.
	Mid-Ohio Pipeline Company, Inc.
	Mid-Ohio Pipeline Services, LLC
	Nexus Alarm and Suppression, Inc.
	Northland Constructors of Duluth, Inc.
	NYCO, Inc.
	Security Fire Protection Company, Inc.
	Sprinkler Acquisition, LLC
	Tessier’s Inc.
	The Jamar Company
	United Piping, Inc.
	United States Alliance Fire Protection, Inc.
	Viking Automatic Sprinkler Company
	Western States Fire Protection Company
		
	By: 	 	 
		 	Name: 
		 	Title:


  

			
	Grunau Company, Inc.
		
	By: 	 	 
		 	Name: 
		 	Title:



  
 [Signature Page to Indenture] 












 
			
	Cream Ridge
Construction Co.,
Inc.
	J. Fletcher
Creamer &
Son, Inc.
		
	By: 	 	 
		 	Name: 
		 	Title:


  

			
	T. Texas
Sprinkler, LP
	
	By: Sprinkler Acquisition, LLC, 
		 	General Partner
		
	By: 	 	 
		 	Name: 
		 	Title:


  

			
	MMC Holdings, LLC
		
	By: 	 	 
		 	Name: 
		 	Title:


  

			
	MP Technologies, LLC
	Technologies Inc.
		
	By: 	 	 
		 	Name: 
		 	Title:


  

			
	MP Mobile Solutions, LLC
	MP Nexlevel of California, Inc.
	MP Nexlevel, LLC
	Nexlevel Inc.
	TL Nexlevel Companies, LLC
	TLR Consulting, Inc.
	Wright Service Center, LLC


  

			
		
	By: 	 	 
		 	Name: 
		 	Title:



  
 [Signature Page to Indenture] 












 
			
	TRUSTEE:
	
	Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:    Jerry Urbanek
		 	Title:    Trust Officer



  
 [Signature Page to Indenture] 












 EXHIBIT A 

[Face of Note] 
  

CUSIP/CINS                      

ISIN                      

4.125% Senior Notes due 2029 
  

					
	No.                	  		  	$                        

 API GROUP DE, INC. 

promises to pay to _______ or its registered assigns, 
 the
principal sum of ____________________________________________________DOLLARS (which amount may from time to time be increased or decreased to such other principal amounts by adjustments made on the records of the Registrar as set forth in the
Schedule attached hereto) on July 15, 2029. 
 Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15 

Record Dates: January 1 and July 1 
 Dated:
____________ 
  

			
	API GROUP DE, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	


 This is one of the Notes referred to 

in the within-mentioned Indenture: 

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A., 
 as Trustee 

 

							
	By:	 	 	 		 	
	Authorized Signatory	 		 	

  
  

  
 A-1 












 [Back of Note] 

4.125% Senior Notes due 2029 
 [Insert the
Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the
provisions of the Indenture] 
 Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below
unless otherwise indicated. 
 1. INTEREST. APi Group DE, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to
pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note at 4.125% per annum from June 22, 2021 until maturity. The Company will pay interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on
January 15 and July 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that, if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest
shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be January 15, 2022. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except
defaulted interest), if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 1 or July 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or
before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Paying
Agent and Registrar maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire
transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of, premium on, if any, and interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the
Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent
and Registrar. 

  
 A-2 












 4. INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of
June 22, 2021 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture
for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. The
Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder. 
 5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 

a. At any time prior to July 15, 2024, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate
principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price in the case of Notes equal to 104.125% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but
excluding, the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), in an amount not to exceed the net proceeds from an Equity Offering or a
contribution to the Company’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering; provided that: 

1. at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of such applicable Notes originally issued under the Indenture (calculated
after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 

2. the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

b. At any time prior to July 15, 2024, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes,
upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such applicable Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
applicable date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 

c. Except pursuant to the preceding paragraphs (a) or (b) or paragraph 8 below, the Notes will not be redeemable at the
Company’s option prior to July 15, 2024. 
 d. On or after July 15, 2024, the Company may on any one or
more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes
redeemed, to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date
to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date: 

  
 A-3 













					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2024
	  	 	102.063	% 
	 2025
	  	 	101.031	% 
	 2026 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes
or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Company is not
required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 7.
REDEMPTION
 FOR CHANGES IN TAXES. The Company may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at its
discretion at any time upon giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest
to, but not including, the date of redemption (subject to the right of holders of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date if the Notes have not been redeemed prior to such date), if on the
next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes, the Company is or would be required to pay Additional Amounts and cannot avoid any such payment obligation by taking reasonable measures available (including, for the avoidance
of doubt, the appointment of a new paying agent), and the requirement arises as a result of: 

a.
 any change in, or amendment to, the laws and treaties (or any regulations, or rulings promulgated thereunder) of the relevant
Tax Jurisdiction affecting taxation which change or amendment has not been publicly announced as formally proposed before and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date (or if the relevant Tax Jurisdiction has changed since the Issue Date, on or
after the date on which the then current Tax Jurisdiction became the applicable Tax Jurisdiction under this Indenture); or  

b.
 any change in, or amendment to, the existing official published position regarding the application, administration or
interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published practice), which change or amendment has not been publicly announced as formally proposed
before and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date (or if the relevant Tax Jurisdiction has changed since the Issue Date, on or after the date on which the then current Tax Jurisdiction became the applicable Tax Jurisdiction under this
Indenture).  
 The Company will not give any such notice of redemption earlier than 60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company
would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due and at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay Additional Amounts must remain in effect. Prior to the mailing of any notice of
redemption of the Notes pursuant to this paragraph 7 and Section 3.10 of the Indenture, the Company
will deliver to the Trustee an opinion of independent tax counsel (which counsel will be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee) to the effect that there has been such change or amendment which would entitle the Issuer to redeem the Notes under this
Indenture. In addition, before the Company mails a notice of redemption of the Notes pursuant to this paragraph 7 and
Section 3.10 of the Indenture, it will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s
 Certificate to the effect that it cannot avoid its obligation to pay Additional Amounts by the Company taking reasonable measures available to it. 

  
 A-4 












 8.
7. REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER. 
 a. Upon the occurrence
of a Change of Control, the Company will be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of aggregate principal amount
of Notes repurchased, plus Additional Amounts and accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within thirty days following
any Change of Control, the Company will transmit a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 

b. If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within ten Business Days of each date
on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $100.0 million, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes, and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions
similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, in accordance with the Indenture to purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum principal amount of Notes and such
other pari passu Indebtedness (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) that may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds.
The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer, in the case of Notes, will be equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus
Additional Amounts and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
date fixed for the closing of such offer, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after
consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, Holdings may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered in (or required to be
prepaid or redeemed in connection with) such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, will be purchased on a pro rata basis, based on the amounts
tendered or required to be prepaid or redeemed. Upon completion or expiration of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale
Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes. 

  
 A-5 













9.
8. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. At least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will transmit or cause to be transmitted, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be
redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be transmitted more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture
pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 thereof. No Notes of a principal amount of $2,000 shall be redeemed or purchased in part; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such
Holder shall be redeemed or purchased. In addition, the Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another person.

 Any such redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including
any related Equity Offering or a Change of Control. In addition, if such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in
the Company’s discretion, the date of redemption may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied or waived (provided that in no event shall such date of redemption be delayed to a date later than 60 days
after the date on which such notice was transmitted), or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the date of redemption, or by the date of
redemption as so delayed. 

10.

9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be
exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law
or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange
or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 

11.

10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered Holders have rights under the Indenture. 

12.

11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees
may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Indenture, the
Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented, among other things, to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to comply with


  
 A-6 












 
Section 5.01 of the Indenture, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes, to make any change that would provide any
additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any Holder, to conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes, or the Note Guarantees to any provision of the
“Description of Notes” section of the Offering Circular, as determined by Holdings, to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, or to allow any Guarantor to
execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes. 
 13.
12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default in payment when due and payable (whether at maturity, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise) of principal of, or premium,
if any, on the Notes; (ii) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes, (iii) failure by Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice
given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its other obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred
to in clauses (i) and (ii) above) contained in the Indenture or the Notes; (iv) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money
borrowed by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or Guarantor, if both: (A) such default either
results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at
its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and (B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of
any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $75.0 million or more at any one
time outstanding; (v) failure by Holdings, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $75.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60
days after such judgment becomes final and non -appealable, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
(vi) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to Holdings, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary as described in the Indenture; and (vii) the Guarantee of Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease
to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its
Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture. In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy
or insolvency with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all
outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary 

  
 A-7 












 
obligations on all the Notes to be due and payable, such acceleration will not be effective until the earlier of (1) the acceleration of Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities or
(2) five Business Days after receipt by the Company of written notice of such acceleration. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. The Trustee may withhold
from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if any) if it determines that withholding notice is in their
interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all the Holders of Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its
respective consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase). Holdings or the
Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such
Default or Event of Default. 

14.

13. TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal
with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
 15.
14. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, or any of their direct or indirect parent
companies, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.
Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.


16.

15. AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 

17.

16. ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants
with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

18.

17. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the
Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed
only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

  
 A-8 













19.

18. GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF
CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING AGAINST IT WITH RESPECT TO ITS OBLIGATIONS, LIABILITIES OR
ANY OTHER MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE OR THE NOTE GUARANTEES MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS AND SUBMITS TO THE NON -EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF EACH
SUCH COURT IN PERSONAM, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTIES, ASSETS AND REVENUES. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE OR THIS NOTE. 

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: 

APi Group DE, Inc. 
 1100 Old Highway Eight NW 

New Brighton, MN 55112 
 Attention: Investor Relations 

  
 A-9 












 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to: _________________________________________________________________________ 

(Insert assignee’s legal name) 
  

 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or
tax I.D. no.) 
  
  

 
  
  

 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint _________________________________________________________________________________________  

to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

Date: ______________ 
 Your Signature:
_________________________________ 
 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) 

Signature Guarantee*: ______________________ 
  

	*	 Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to
the Trustee). 



  
 A-10 












 Option of Holder to Elect Purchase 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate
box below: 
  

							
		 	☐ Section 4.10	  		  	☐ Section 4.14

 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or
Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
 $_______________ 

Date: ______________ 
 Your Signature:
_______________________________________________ 
 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) 

Tax Identification No.: _____________________________________________ 

Signature Guarantee*: _________________ 
  

	*	 Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to
the Trustee). 



  
 A-11 












 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF
INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE * 
 The following exchanges of a
part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	 Amount of

decrease in
 Principal Amount

of
 this Global Note
	  	 Amount of

increase in
 Principal Amount

of
 this Global Note
	  	 Principal Amount
of this Global
Note following
such
decrease (or
increase)
	  	 Signature of
authorized officer
of Trustee
or
Custodian


  

	*	 This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 



  
 A-12 












 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 APi Group DE,
Inc. 
 1100 Old Highway Eight NW 
 New Brighton, MN 55112 

[Registrar address block] 
 Re:
[fill in full title of notes] 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 22, 2021 (the
“Indenture”), among APi Group DE, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to
them in the Indenture. 
 _______________, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such
Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of [$]_________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to _____________________ (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto.
In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 

1. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note
pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly,
the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one
or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the
requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act. 
 2. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a
Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies
that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably
believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its
behalf knows that the transaction was 

  
 B -1 












 
prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S
under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period,
the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities
Act. 
 3. ☐ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Definitive Note
pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in
Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies
that (check one): 
 (a) ☐ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the
Securities Act; 
 or 

(b) ☐ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; 

or 
 (c) ☐
such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 

or 
 (d) ☐
such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the
Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a
Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if
such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the
effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions
on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

  
 B-2 












 4. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 
 (a) ☐ Check if Transfer is pursuant to
Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of
the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the
Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (b) ☐ Check if Transfer is Pursuant
to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any
applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend
printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (c) ☐ Check if
Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904
and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement
Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to
the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 

  
 B-3 












 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the
benefit of the Company. 
  

			
		
		 	 
		 	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:


 Dated:
                                 

  
 B-4 












 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

	 	1.	 The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 



[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 
  

	 	(a)	 ☐ a beneficial interest in the: 



 

	 	(i)	 ☐ 144A Global Note (CUSIP_______), or 



 

	 	(ii)	 ☐ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP_______), or 



 

	 	(b)	 ☐ a Restricted Definitive Note. 



2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

[CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(a)	 ☐ a beneficial interest in the: 



 

	 	(i)	 ☐ 144A Global Note (CUSIP_______), or 



 

	 	(ii)	 ☐ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP_______), or 



 

	 	(iii)	 ☐ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP_______); or 



 

	 	(b)	 ☐ a Restricted Definitive Note; or 



 

	 	(c)	 ☐ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 



in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 B-5 












 EXHIBIT C 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 APi Group DE,
Inc. 
 1100 Old Highway Eight NW 
 New Brighton, MN 55112 

[Registrar address block] 
 Re: [fill
in full title of notes] 
 (CUSIP [         ]) 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 22, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among APi Group DE, Inc., as
issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

____________________, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein,
in the principal amount of [$]__________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or
Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
 (a) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest
in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an
equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are
not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 (b) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive
Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own
account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States. 

  
 C-1 












 (c) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial
interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the
Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (d) ☐ Check if
Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted
Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance
with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is
being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 2. Exchange of
Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 

(a) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note.
In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired
for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated
in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 (b)
☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]
☐ 144A Global Note, ☐ Regulation S Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation
of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in
the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

  
 C-2 












 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the
benefit of the Company. 
  

			
		
		 	 
		 	[Insert Name of Owner]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:


 Dated:
                         

  
 C-3 












 EXHIBIT D 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 
 APi
Group DE, Inc. 
 1100 Old Highway Eight NW 
 New Brighton, MN
55112 
 [Registrar address block] 
 Re:
[fill in full title of notes] 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 22, 2021 (the
“Indenture”), among APi Group DE, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to
them in the Indenture. 
 In connection with our proposed purchase of $__________ aggregate principal amount of: 

 

	 	(a)	 ☐ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 



 

	 	(b)	 ☐ a Definitive Note, we confirm that: 



1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth
in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “Securities Act”). 
 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the
Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we
should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined
therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the
Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to
the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the
Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction
meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 

  
 D-1 












 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein,
we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further
understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
 4. We are an institutional “accredited
investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our
investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 

5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is
an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
 You and the Company are
entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 

 

			
		
		 	 
		 	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:



Dated:                        


  
 D-2 












 EXHIBIT E 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO
BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
[ ● ], 20[ ● ], among [ ● ] (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of APi Group Corporation (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation
(“Holdings”), APi Group DE, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a subsidiary of Holdings (the “Company”), and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the
“Trustee”).1 
 W I T N E S S E T H

 WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of
June 22, 2021, providing for the issuance of U.S. dollar-denominated 4.125% Senior Notes due 2029 (the
“Notes”);2 
 WHEREAS, the
Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s
Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,
the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Company, and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof. 
  

 

	1 	 Any Foreign Subsidiary’s guarantee and the requirements of Article 10 and the Indenture applicable to
such Foreign Subsidiary, may also be subject to other limitations as contemplated by Section 4.16 of this Indenture and those limitations may be specified
in the applicable supplemental indenture 



	2 	 Subsequent amendments to be
described here. 



  
 E-1 












 3. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present, or future director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, or any of their direct or indirect parent companies, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note
Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for
issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 
 4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN.
THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD
BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING AGAINST IT WITH RESPECT TO ITS OBLIGATIONS, LIABILITIES OR ANY OTHER MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE MAY BE
BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS AND SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF EACH SUCH COURT IN PERSONAM, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WITH RESPECT TO ANY
SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTIES, ASSETS AND REVENUES. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 5.
COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This
Supplemental Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile, PDF or other electronic
transmissions shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by
facsimile, PDF or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all
purposes.  

6. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 

7. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this
Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 

[Signature pages follow] 

  
 E-2 












 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
	
	By:
                                         
                                   
	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	APi Group DE, Inc.
	
	By:                                   
                                         

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
	
	By:                                   
                                         

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	



  
 E-3 













EXHIBIT
F 

FORM OF
INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT 
 [See attached.] 

  
 F-1 













Private &
Confidential 

January 3,
2022 

API
GROUP
CORPORATION 

as
the
Company 

CITIBANK, N.A.

 as
the Original Senior Agent and Collateral Agent and 

COMPUTERSHARE
TRUST
COMPANY,
N.A. 

as the
Original Unsecured Notes Trustee and
others 

 
  

INTERCREDITOR
AGREEMENT 
  

 
  

  
 1 













TABLE OF
CONTENTS 

Page 

 

							
	1.	 	 DEFINITIONS AND
INTERPRETATION
	  	 	3	 
	2.	 	 UNSECURED
CREDITORS
	  	 	14	 
	3.	 	 EFFECT OF INSOLVENCY
EVENT
	  	 	16	 
	4.	 	 TURNOVER OF
RECEIPTS
	  	 	17	 
	5.	 	
REDISTRIBUTION
	  	 	18	 
	6.	 	 DISTRESSED DISPOSALS
AND DISPOSAL PROCEEDS
	  	 	19	 
	7.	 	 APPLICATION OF
PROCEEDS
	  	 	22	 
	8.	 	 CHANGES TO THE
PARTIES
	  	 	23	 
	9.	 	
NOTICES
	  	 	23	 
	10.	 	
PRESERVATION
	  	 	25	 
	11.	 	 CONSENTS, AMENDMENTS
AND OVERRIDE
	  	 	26	 
	12.	 	 UNSECURED NOTES
TRUSTEE
	  	 	26	 
	13.	 	 SENIOR
AGENT
	  	 	31	 
	14.	 	
COUNTERPARTS
	  	 	35	 
	15.	 	 ELECTRONIC
SIGNATURES
	  	 	35	 
	16.	 	 GOVERNING
LAW
	  	 	35	 
	17.	 	
ENFORCEMENT
	  	 	35	 
	18.	 	 CONTRACTUAL
RECOGNITION OF BAIL-IN
	  	 	36	 
	SCHEDULE 1 FORM OF CREDITOR/AGENT ACCESSION UNDERTAKING	  	 	38	 


  
 2 













THIS
AGREEMENT
is
dated
January 3,

2022
and
made
between: 

 

	 	(1)	
A
PI
GROUP
CORPORATION,
a
Delaware
corporation
(the
“Company”
); 


  

	 	(2)	
COMPUTERSHARE

TRUST
COMPANY,
N.A.
as
original
trustee
for
the
Original
Unsecured
Creditors
(the
“Original
Unsecured Notes
Trustee”);
 


  

	 	(3)	 CITIBANK,
N.A.
as
administrative
agent
under
the
Senior
Credit
Agreement
(the
“Original
Senior
Agent”);
 


  

	 	(4)	
CITIBANK,

N.A.
as
collateral
agent
under
the
Senior
Credit
Agreement
(the
“Collateral
Agent”);
 


  

	 	(5)	
Upon

accession
each
“Senior
Agent”; 



 

	 	(6)	
Upon

accession
each
“Unsecured
Notes
Trustee”;
 and 



 

	 	(7)	
Upon

accession
each
“Unsecured
Creditor”.
 



IT
IS
AGREED
as
follows: 

 

	 	1.	
D
EFINITIONS
AND
INTERPRETATION 


  

	 	1.1	
D
efinitions 


 In
this
Agreement: 

 

	 	    	
“
Affiliate” 



 

	 	(a)	
has

the
meaning
given
in
the
Senior
Credit
Agreement;
or 


  

	 	(b)	
has
 the meaning given to any substantially equivalent term to
that referred to
in
paragraph
(a) 
above
in
each
Permitted
Senior Secured
Finance
Document, 


 as
the
context
requires. 

“Agent Liabilities” means
 all present and future liabilities and obligations, whether actual or contingent and whether incurred solely or jointly, of any member of the Group to any Agent
under
the
Debt
Documents. 

“Agents”
means
each
Senior
Agent,
the
Collateral
Agent
and
each
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
as
the
context
requires. 

“Business Day”
has
the
meaning
given
to
that
term
in
the
Senior
Credit
Agreement. 

“Charged
Property”

means
all
of
the
assets
which
from
time
to
time
are,
or
are
expressed
to
be,
the
subject
of
the
Transaction
Security. 

“Consent” means
 any consent, approval, release or waiver or agreement to any amendment.  
 “Competitive

Sales
Process”

means: 

 

	 	(a)	
any
auction
or
other competitive
sales
process
conducted
with
the
advice
of
an
internationally
recognised
investment
bank,
firm
of
accountants
or
third
party
professional firm which is regularly engaged in providing valuations in respect of
the relevant type and size of the assets concerned, in each case
selected by the Collateral
Agent
((acting
in
accordance
with
the
relevant
Senior
Secured
Finance
Documents)
and
the
procedures
for
which
do
not
expressly
exclude
the
Unsecured
Creditors
from
participating
as
prospective
buyers,
other
than
where
the
such
conducting
party
advises
the
Collateral Agent
that such
participation
could
prejudice
that
auction
or
competitive
sales
process);
and 



  
 3 













	 	(b)	
any
 enforcement of the Transaction Security carried out by way of auction or other
competitive sales process pursuant to requirements of applicable law and
applicable
contractual
obligations. 


 “Creditor/Agent

Accession
Undertaking”

means
an
undertaking
substantially
in
the
form
set
out
in
Schedule
1
(Form
of
Creditor/Agent
Accession
Undertaking).
 

“Creditors” means
 the Senior Secured Creditors, the Agents and the Unsecured Creditors, as the
context
so
determines. 

“Debt
Document”

means
each
of
this
Agreement,
the
Senior
Secured
Finance
Documents,
any
Unsecured
Finance
Documents,
the
Security
Documents
and
any
other
document
designated
as
such
by
the
Collateral
Agent
and
the
Company,
as
the
context
so
determines. 

“Default” means
 an Event of Default or any event or circumstance which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the making of any determination or the giving of notice provided for
in
the
relevant
definition
of
event
of
default
under
the
relevant
Debt
Document
or
any
combination of the foregoing) be an Event
of
Default provided that
any such event or
circumstance which requires the satisfaction of a condition as to materiality or the making of a
determination before it becomes an Event of Default shall not be a Default or an Event of
Default
until
such
condition
is
satisfied
or
determination
made. 

“Distressed Disposal” means
 a disposal of an asset or shares of, or other financial securities issued
by,
a
member
of
the
Group
which
is: 

 

	 	(a)	
being
 effected at the request of the Senior Secured Creditors in accordance with the
Senior Secured Finance Documents in circumstances where the Transaction
Security
has
become
enforceable
as
a
result
of
a
Senior
Acceleration
Event
which
was
continuing
at
the
time
the
request
for enforcement
was
made; 


  

	 	(b)	
being
 effected by enforcement of the Transaction Security as a result of a Senior
Acceleration Event which was continuing at the time the request for enforcement
was
made;
or 


  

	 	(c)	
being
 effected after the occurrence of a Distress Event, by a member of the Group to a
person
or persons
which
is
not
a
member of
the
Group. 


 “Distress

Event”

means
any
of: 

 

	 	(a)	
a Senior

Acceleration
Event
which
has
occurred
and
is
continuing;
or 


  

	 	(b)	
the

enforcement
of
any
Transaction
Security
as
a
result
of
a
Senior
Acceleration
Event
which
has
occurred
and
is
continuing. 


 “Enforcement

Action”

means: 

 

	 	(a)	
in

relation
to
any
Liabilities: 


  

	 	(i)	
the
 acceleration of any Liabilities or the making of any declaration that any
Liabilities
are
prematurely
due
and
payable
(other
than
as
a
result
of
it
becoming unlawful for a Senior Secured Creditor or Unsecured Creditor
to perform its obligations under, or of any voluntary or mandatory
prepayment
arising
under,
the
Debt
Documents); 



  
 4 













	 	(ii)	
the

making
of
any
declaration
that
any
Liabilities
are
payable
on
demand; 


  

	 	(iii)	
the

making
of
a
demand
for
payment
in
relation
to
a
Liability
that
is
payable
on
demand; 


  

	 	(iv)	
the
 making of any demand against any Unsecured Guarantor in relation to any
Unsecured
Liabilities
of
that
Unsecured
Guarantor; 


  

	 	(v)	
the
 exercise of any right to require any member of the Group to acquire any
Liability
(including
exercising
any
put
or
call
option
against
any
member
of
the
Group
for the
redemption
or
purchase
of
any
Liability); 


  

	 	(vi)	
the
 exercise of any right of set-off, account combination or payment netting
against any member of the Group in respect of any Liabilities other than
the exercise of any such right which is otherwise expressly permitted
under the
Debt
Documents;
and 


  

	 	(vii)	
the
 suing for, commencing or joining of any legal or arbitration proceedings
against
any
Unsecured
Guarantor
to
recover
any
Liabilities; 


  

	 	(b)	
the
 taking of any steps to enforce or require the enforcement of any Transaction
Security (including the
crystallisation of any floating charge
forming part
of the
Transaction Security) as a result of a Senior Acceleration Event which was
continuing
at
the
time
the
request
for enforcement
was
made; 


  

	 	(c)	
the

taking
of
any
steps
to
enforce
or
require
the
enforcement
of
any
Permitted
Security
(including the crystallisation of any floating charge forming part of the
Permitted Security); 



 

	 	(d)	
the
 entering into of any composition, compromise, assignment or similar arrangement
with any member of the Group which owes any Liabilities, or has given any
Security,
guarantee
or
indemnity
or
other
assurance
against
loss
in
respect
of
the
Liabilities
(other
than any action permitted under Clause 8 (Changes to the
Parties) or any debt buy-
backs pursuant to open market debt repurchases, tender offers or exchange
offers entered into in accordance with the Debt Documents, and not
undertaken as part of an announced restructuring or turnaround plan or
while a Default was outstanding under the
relevant
Senior Secured
Finance
Document);
or 


  

	 	(e)	
the

petitioning,
applying or voting for,
or the
taking of any steps (including the
appointment of any liquidator, receiver, administrator or similar officer) in relation
to, the winding up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation of
any member of the Group which owes any Liabilities, or has given any
Security, guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against loss in
respect of any of the Liabilities, or any member of the
Group’s
assets or any suspension of payments or moratorium of any indebtedness of
any
such
member
of
the
Group
or
any
analogous
procedure
or
step
in
any
jurisdiction, 


 except
that
the
following
shall
not
constitute
Enforcement Action: 

 

	 	(i)	
the
 taking of any action falling within paragraph (a)(vii) or
(e) above which
is necessary (but only to the extent necessary) to preserve the
validity, existence or priority of claims in respect of Liabilities,
including the registration of such claims
before
any
court
or
governmental
authority
and
the
bringing,
supporting
or joining of proceedings to prevent any loss of the right to bring, support
or
join
proceedings
by
reason
of applicable
limitation
periods; 



  
 5 













	 	(ii)	
any
 discussions or consultations between, or proposals made by, any of the
Senior
Secured
Creditors
with
respect
to
instructions
to
enforce
any
Transaction
Security; 


  

	 	(iii)	
bringing

legal
proceedings
against
any
person
in
connection
with
any
securities
violation, securities or listing regulations or common law fraud or to
restrain
any
actual
or
putative
breach
of
the
Debt
Documents
or
for
specific
performance
with
no
claims
for damages;
and 


  

	 	(iv)	
a Secured
 Party bringing legal proceedings against any person solely for the
purpose
of: 


  

	 	(A)	
obtaining
 injunctive relief (or any analogous remedy outside England
and
Wales) to restrain any actual
or putative
breach of any Debt
Document
to
which
it
is
a
party; 


  

	 	(B)	
obtaining
 specific performance (other than specific performance of an
obligation
to
make
a
payment) with
no
claim
for damages;
or 


  

	 	(C)	
requesting

judicial
interpretation
of
any
provision
of
any
Debt
Document
to
which
it
is
a party
with
no
claim
for
damages. 


  

	(b)	
“Event

of
Default”:
 


  

	 	(a)	
has

the
meaning
given
in
the
Senior
Credit
Agreement;
and 


  

	 	(b)	
has

the
meaning
given
to
any
substantially
equivalent
term
to
that
referred
to
in
paragraph
(a) 
above
in
any
other
Debt
Document, 


 as
the
context
requires. 

“Final
Discharge
Date”

means
the
first
date
on
which
all
Senior
Secured
Liabilities
have
been
fully and finally discharged to the satisfaction of the applicable Senior Agents, whether or not
as the result of an enforcement, and the Senior Secured Creditors (in that capacity) are under
no further obligation to provide financial accommodation to any member of the Group under
any
of
the
Debt
Documents. 

“Finance
Documents”

means
each
of
the
Senior
Secured
Finance
Documents
and
any
Unsecured
Finance
Documents. 

“Group” means
 the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the Senior Credit
Agreement)
from
time
to
time. 

“Insolvency
Event”

means
any
Event
of
Default
arises
pursuant
to
paragraph
(f) or

paragraph
(g) of

Section 9.01
 (Events
of
Default)

of
the
Senior
Credit
Agreement
or
any
equivalent
Event
of Default pursuant to any other Finance Documents other than as permitted under the Senior
Credit Agreement and any Permitted Senior Secured Finance Document or otherwise not
constituting
a
Default. 

“Liabilities”
means
all
present
and
future
liabilities
and
obligations
at
any
time
of
any
member
of
the
Group
to
any
Creditor
or
Agent
under
the
Debt
Documents
(including
by
way
of
the
grant
of Security under such documents), both actual and contingent and whether incurred solely or
jointly or in any other capacity together with any of the following matters relating to or
arising
in
respect
of
those
liabilities
and
obligations: 

 

	 	(a)	
any

refinancing,
novation,
deferral
or
extension; 



  
 6 













	 	(b)	
any

claim
for
breach
of
representation,
warranty
or
undertaking
or
on
an
event
of
default
or under any indemnity given under or in connection with any document or
agreement
evidencing
or
constituting
any
other
liability
or
obligation
falling
within
this
definition; 


  

	 	(c)	
any

liabilities
arising
by
way
of
guarantee,
indemnity,
surety,
parallel
debt,
contribution
or
subrogation; 


  

	 	(d)	
any

claim
for
damages
or
restitution;
and 


  

	 	(e)	
any

claim
as
a
result
of
any
recovery
by
any
member
of the
Group of
a
Payment
on
the
grounds
of preference
or otherwise, 


 and any amounts which would be included in any of the above but for any discharge, non-
provability, unenforceability or non-allowance of those amounts in
any insolvency or other
proceedings. 

“Original Unsecured Creditors” means
 the Unsecured Noteholders as at the date of this Agreement. 

“Party”
means
a
party
to
this
Agreement. 

“Payment” means,
 in respect of any Liabilities (or any other liabilities or obligations), a payment, prepayment, repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or discharge of those
Liabilities
(or
other
liabilities
or
obligations). 

“Permitted Security” has
 the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.1 (Security:
 Unsecured
Creditors).
 

“Permitted
Senior
Secured
Finance
Document”

means
each
facility
agreement,
indenture
or
other
document
or
instrument
(and
any
related
security,
ancillary
or
intercreditor
documentation) evidencing the terms of any loan, notes, credit or debt facility or obligation
which
is
permitted
under
the
terms
of
the
Finance
Documents,
to
be
secured
by
Security
ranking
pari passu with, or junior to, the Senior Secured Liabilities (but excluding the Senior Credit
Agreement)
and
which
is
designated
as
such
by
the
Company
(in
its
discretion)
by
written
notice
to
the
Agents
who
are
a
party
to
this
Agreement
at
such
time. 

“Permitted
Unsecured
Finance
Document”

means
each
facility
agreement,
indenture
or
other
document
or
instrument
evidencing
the
terms
of
any
loan,
notes,
credit
or
debt
facility
which
is
permitted under the terms of the Finance Documents, to rank pari passu with the
Unsecured
Liabilities
(but
excluding
the
Unsecured
Notes
Documents)
and
which
is
designated
as
such
by
the Company (in its discretion)
by written notice to the Agents who are
a party to
this
Agreement
at
such
time. 

“Receiver” means
 a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or
any
part
of
the
Charged
Property,
as
the
context
may
require. 

“Relevant Liabilities”
means
in
the
case
of
a
Creditor: 

 

	 	(a)	
the

Liabilities
owed
to
Creditors
ranking
(in
accordance
with
the
terms
of
this
Agreement) pari passu with or in priority to that Creditor together with all
Agent
Liabilities
owed
to
the
Agent
of those
Creditors;
and 


  

	 	(b)	
all
 present and future liabilities and obligations, actual and contingent, of the Group to
the
Collateral
Agent. 



  
 7 













“Responsible Officer” means
 any officer within the corporate trust and securities services department
(however
described)
of
any
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
who
customarily
performs functions
similar
to
those
performed
by
those
having
direct
responsibility
for
the
administration
of
this
Agreement
or
to
whom
any
corporate
trust
matter
is
referred
because
of
such
individual’
s
knowledge
of
and
familiarity
with
the
particular subject. 

“Secured
Obligations”

means
all
Liabilities
and
all
other
present
and
future
obligations
at
any
time
due,
owing
or
incurred
by
any
member
of
the
Group
to
any
Secured
Party
under
the
Senior
Secured
Finance
Documents
(including
to
the
Collateral
Agent
under
any
parallel
debt
arrangements),
both actual and contingent and
whether
incurred
solely or jointly
and
as
principal
or
surety
or
in
any
other capacity. 

“Secured Parties” means
 the Collateral Agent, the Senior Agent, any Receiver and the Senior Secured
Creditors
from
time
to
time. 

“Security” means
 a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, security assignment, security transfer of title
or other
security
interest
having
a
similar
effect. 

“Security
Documents”

means: 

 

	 	(a)	
each

of
the
Transaction
Security
Documents; 


  

	 	(b)	
any
 other document entered into at any time by any member of the Group creating any
guarantee,
indemnity,
Security
or
other
assurance
against
financial
loss
in
favour
of
any
of
the
Secured
Parties
as
security
for
any
of
the
Secured
Obligations;
and 


  

	 	(c)	
any

Security
granted
under
any
covenant
for
further
assurance
in
any
of
the
documents
set
out
in
paragraphs
(a) 
and
(b)
above. 


 “Senior

Acceleration
Event”

means
the
Senior
Agent
or
Collateral
Agent
exercising
any
rights
under section 9.02 (Remedies Upon Event of
Default) of the Senior Credit Agreement, or any
substantially
equivalent
provisions
to
those
referred
to
above
in
each
Permitted
Senior
Secured
Finance
Document,
as
the
context
requires. 

“Senior
Agent”

means: 

 

	 	(a)	
the

Original
Senior Agent;
or 


  

	 	(b)	 each other agent, trustee (other than the
Collateral Agent) acting on behalf of or representing Senior Secured
Creditors under any Permitted Senior Secured Finance
Documents, 


 as
the
context
requires,
which
is
a
party
to
this
Agreement
or
has
acceded
to
this
Agreement
as
a
Senior Agent. 

“Senior
Credit
Agreement”

means
the
credit
agreement
dated
1
October
2019
made
between,
among others, the Company, the Senior Lenders party thereto and the Original Senior Agent
(as
amended
by
Amendment
No. 1

to
Credit
Agreement
dated
22
October
2020
[and
Amendment
No. 2

to
Credit
Agreement
dated
15 December
 2021
and
as
further
amended
and/or
restated
from
time
to
time). 

“Senior Lenders” means
 each “Lender”
 as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement.
“Senior
Secured
Creditors”
 means: 
  

	 	(a)	
the
 Senior
Lenders; and 



 

	 	(b)	
any

lender,
noteholder
or
other
secured
creditor
(other
than
the
applicable
Agent)
owed
Senior
Secured
Liabilities
under
any
Permitted
Senior
Secured
Finance
Document, 



  
 8 













as
the
context
requires. 

“Senior
Secured
Finance
Documents”
 means: 
  

	 	(a)	
the

term
“Loan
Documents”
in
the
Senior
Credit
Agreement;
or 


  

	 	(b)	
any

substantially
equivalent
term to
that
referred
to
in
paragraph
(a) 
above
under
and
as
defined
in
any
Permitted
Senior
Secured
Finance
Document,
as
the
context
requires. 


 “Senior

Secured
Liabilities”

means: 

 

	 	(a)	
the

Liabilities
owed
by
any
member
of
the
Group
to
the
Senior
Secured
Creditors
under
or in connection with the Senior
Secured Finance
Documents,
including,
for the
avoidance of doubt, any such Liabilities incurred under a Permitted Senior
Secured
Finance
Document;
and 


  

	(b)	
the
 Agent
Liabilities
in
respect
thereof. 



“Subsidiary
” 

 

	 	(a)	
has

the
meaning
given
in
the
Senior Credit
Agreement;
or 


  

	 	(b)	
has

the
meaning
given
to
any
substantially
equivalent
term
to
that referred
to
in
paragraph
(a) 
above
in
each
Permitted
Senior Secured
Finance
Document, 


 as the context
requires.
“Tax”
 
  

	 	(a)	
has

the
meaning
given
in
the
Senior
Credit
Agreement;
or 


  

	 	(b)	
has
 the meaning given to any substantially equivalent provision to
that referred to
in
paragraph
(a) 
above
in
a
Permitted
Senior Secured
Finance
Document, 


 as
the
context
requires
and
“Taxes”

shall
be
construed
accordingly. 

“Transaction
Security”

means
the
Security
created
or
evidenced
or
expressed
to
be
created
or
evidenced
under or
pursuant
to
the
Security
Documents. 

“Transaction
Security
Documents”

means
any
document
entered
into
by
any
creating
or
expressed
to
create
Transaction
Security. 

“Unsecured
Creditors”

means: 

 

	 	(a)	
each

Unsecured
Noteholder;
and 


  

	 	(b)	
any

lender,
noteholder
or
other
unsecured
creditor
(other
than
the
applicable
Agent)
owed
Unsecured
Liabilities
under
any
Permitted
Unsecured
Finance Document, 


 as
the
context
requires. 

“Unsecured
Event
of
Default”

means
the
occurrence
or
an
Event
of
Default
under
an
Unsecured
Finance
Document,
as
the
context
requires. 

“Unsecured
Finance
Documents”

means: 

 

	 	(a)	
the

Unsecured
Notes
Documents;
and 



  
 9 













	 	(b)	
any

Permitted
Unsecured
Finance
Document. 


 “Unsecured

Guarantor”

means
any
member
of
the
Group
established,
incorporated
or
organised in a jurisdiction outside the United States that provides a guarantee in favour of any
Unsecured
Creditor
in
connection
with
any
Unsecured
Finance
Documents. 

“Unsecured Liabilities”
means
the
Liabilities
owed
by any
Unsecured
Guarantor to
the
Unsecured
Creditors
or
any
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
under
or
in
connection
with
the
Unsecured Finance Documents, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such Liabilities
incurred
under
a
Permitted
Unsecured
Finance
Document
and
any
Agent
Liabilities. 

“Unsecured Noteholders” means
 the holders, from time to time, of the Unsecured Notes as determined
in
accordance
with
the
Unsecured
Notes
Indenture. 

“Unsecured
Notes”

means
the
senior
unsecured
notes
issued
by
the
Company
or
a
member
of
the
Group
pursuant
to
a
Unsecured
Notes
Indenture
and
any
additional
notes
issued
thereunder
from
time
to
time. 

“Unsecured
Notes
Documents”

means
the
Unsecured
Notes,
each
Unsecured
Notes
Indenture,
any
guarantee
in
respect
thereof
and
any
other
document
entered
into
in
connection
therewith. 

“Unsecured Notes Indenture” means
 the indenture dated 22 June 2021, the indenture dated
21
October
2021
and
any
other
indenture
pursuant
to
which
any
Unsecured
Notes
are
issued. 

“Unsecured
Notes
Trustee”

means: 

 

	 	(a)	
the
 Original
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee;
and 


  

	 	(b)	
any
 person acting as trustee or agent for the Unsecured Creditors or under issue of any
Unsecured Finance Documents which accedes to this Agreement as an
Unsecured Notes
Trustee by executing a
Creditor/Agent Accession Undertaking and has not
ceased
to
be
an
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee in
accordance
with
this
Agreement. 


 “Unsecured
 Notes Trustee Amounts” means, in relation to an Unsecured Notes Trustee,
amounts payable to that Unsecured Notes Trustee or any adviser, receiver, delegate, attorney,
agent
or
appointee
under
the
Unsecured
Finance
Documents,
any
provisions
(including
indemnity provisions) for fees, costs and expenses in favour of that Unsecured Notes Trustee
or any adviser, receiver, delegate, attorney, agent or appointee contained in the Unsecured
Finance Documents, all compensation for services provided by that Unsecured Notes Trustee
or any
adviser,
receiver,
delegate,
attorney,
agent
or
appointee
which is
payable
to
that
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
or any
adviser,
receiver, delegate, attorney,
agent
or
appointee
pursuant to the terms of the Unsecured Finance Documents and all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including VAT where applicable) properly incurred (including reimbursement for
expenses
incurred)
by
that
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
or
any
adviser,
receiver,
delegate,
attorney,
agent or appointee in carrying out its duties or performing any service pursuant to the terms of
the
Unsecured
Finance
Documents,
including,
without
limitation: 

 

	 	(a)	
compensation
 for the costs and expenses of the collection by that Unsecured Notes
Trustee of any amount payable to that Unsecured Notes Trustee for the benefit of
the
Unsecured
Creditors;
and 


  

	 	(b)	
costs
 and expenses of that Unsecured Notes Trustee’s advisers,
receivers, delegates,
attorneys,
agents
or appointees, 



  
 10 













but
excluding: 

 

	 	(i)	
any

payment
in
relation
to
any
unpaid
costs
and
expenses
incurred
in
respect
of
any
litigation
initiated
by
that
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
or
any
adviser,
receiver, delegate, attorney, agent or appointee on behalf of that
Unsecured Notes Trustee against any of the Senior Secured Creditors
including VAT
where
applicable;
and 


  

	 	(ii)	
any

payment
made
directly
or
indirectly
on
or
in
respect
of
any
amounts
owing
under
any
Unsecured
Finance
Documents
(including
principal,
interest,
premium
or
any
other
amounts
to
any
of
the
Unsecured
Creditors). 


 “VAT
”
means: 

 

	 	(a)	
any

value
added
tax
imposed
by
the
Value Added
Tax
Act
1994; 


  

	 	(b)	
any
 tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006
on
the
common
system
of value
added
tax
as
amended
(EC
Directive
2006/112);
and 


  

	 	(c)	
any
 other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in the United Kingdom a member
state
of
the
European
Union
in
substitution
for,
or
levied
in
addition
to,
such
tax
referred
to
in
paragraphs
(a) 
or (b)
above,
or
imposed
elsewhere. 


  

	1.2	 Construction 


  

	 	(a)	
Unless

a
contrary
indication
appears,
a
reference
in
this
Agreement
to: 


  

	 	(i)	
any
 Agent, the Company, Creditor, Senior Secured Creditor, Secured Party,
Collateral Agent, Senior Agent, Unsecured Creditor, Unsecured
Guarantor, Unsecured Notes Trustee or (in relation to paragraph
(B) below) any
other
person,
shall
be
construed: 


  

	 	(A)	
to
 be a reference to it in its capacity as such and not in any other
capacity;
and 


  

	 	(B)	
so
 as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted
transferees and, in the case of the Collateral Agent, any person for
the time being appointed as the Collateral Agent in accordance with
this Agreement; 



 

	 	(ii)	
“assets
” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights
of every description; 



 

	 	(iii)	
a
“Debt
Document”
or
any
other
agreement
or
instrument
is
a
reference
to
that
Debt
Document,
or other agreement
or instrument,
as amended,
novated,
supplemented,
extended
or
restated
(however
fundamentally)
and
includes
any
increase in, addition to or extension of or other change to any facility
made available under any such agreement or instrument (in each case to
the extent
not
prohibited
by
this
Agreement); 


  

	 	(iv)	
“indebtedness
” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or
as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or
future,
actual
or
contingent; 


  

	 	(v)	
a
“person”
 includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government,
state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium
or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) or
two or more
of
the
foregoing; 



  
 11 













	 	(vi)	
a
“regulation”
 includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request
or
guideline
(whether or not
having the force
of law) of any governmental,
intergovernmental
or
supranational
body,
agency,
department
or
of
any
regulatory,
self-regulatory
or other
authority
or organisation; 


  

	 	(vii)	
“shares
”
or
“share
capital”
includes equivalent ownership
interests (and
“shareholder”
 and
similar
expressions
shall
be
construed
accordingly);
and 


  

	 	(viii)	
a
provision
of
law
is
a
reference
to
that
provision
as
amended
or re-enacted. 


  

	 	(b)	
Section,

Clause
and
Schedule headings
are for
ease of
reference
only. 


  

	 	(c)	
“disposal
” means any sale, lease, licence, transfer (including any
transfer of any
property
interest
in
any
asset)
and
any
grant
of
Security
or
quasi
Security
or
conveyance
of
or
with
respect
to
any
asset,
undertaking
or business. 


  

	 	(d)	
A Senior
 Acceleration Event is “continuing” if it has not been revoked or
otherwise
ceases
to
be
continuing
in
accordance
with
the
terms
of
the
relevant
Debt
Document. 


  

	 	(e)	
The

right
or
requirement
of any
Party
to
take
or not
take
any
action
on
or
following
the
occurrence of an Insolvency Event in respect of a Unsecured Guarantor shall cease
to
apply
if
the
relevant
Insolvency
Event
is
no
longer
continuing
(unless a
Senior
Acceleration Event has occurred and is continuing and without prejudice to any
action
taken
or
not
taken
in
accordance
with
the
terms
of
this
Agreement
while
that
Insolvency
Event
is
continuing). 


  

	 	(f)	
Notwithstanding

anything
to
the
contrary,
where
any
provision
of
this
Agreement
refers
to
or
otherwise
contemplates
any
consent,
approval,
release,
waiver,
agreement,
notification or other step or action (each an “Action”)
 which may be required from or
by
any
person: 


  

	 	(i)	
which

is
not
a
Party
at
such
time; 


  

	 	(ii)	
in

respect
of
any
agreement
which
is
not
in
existence
at
such
time;
or 


  

	 	(iii)	
in
 respect of any indebtedness which has not been committed or incurred (or
an
agreement
in
relation
thereto) at
such
time, 


 unless otherwise agreed or specified by the Company, that consent, approval, release,
waiver, agreement, notification or other step or action shall not be required (or be
required from any person that is a party thereto) and no such provision shall, or shall
be
construed
so
as
to,
in
any
way
prohibit
or
restrict
the
rights
or
actions
of
any
member
of
the
Group.
Further,
for
the
avoidance
of
doubt,
no
references
to
any
agreement
which
is not in existence (or under which debt obligations have not been actually incurred by
a member of the Group) shall, or shall be construed so as to, in any way prohibit or
restrict the rights or actions of any member of the Group (and no consent, approval,
release, waiver, agreement, notification or other step or action shall be required from
any
party
thereto). 

 

	 	(g)	
References

to
any
matter
being
“permitted”

under
one
or
more
of
the
Debt
Documents
shall include references to such matters not being prohibited or otherwise
approved
under
those
Debt
Documents. 


  

	 	(h)	
Any

references
to
terms
in
this
Agreement
that
are
defined
in
any
Debt
Document,
(the
“Defined
Term”)

shall
include
not
only
the
definition
but
also
terms
or
mechanics
which
are
equivalent
or
similar
to
the
manner
in
which
such
Defined
Term
is
interpreted
under
this
Agreement. 



  
 12 













	 	(i)	
R
eferences to any
Creditors (or any class,
group
or percentage
of any Creditors
(including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity)) giving any Consent under
this Agreement means (in each case) acting through the applicable
Agent, if any, or, as
applicable,
the
Collateral
Agent. 


  

	 	(j)	
Where
 any defined term in this Agreement refers to the definitions of such term in
another
document
which
is
to
be
entered
into
after
the
date
of
this
Agreement
(any
such
other document, a
“Future
Document”) and such Future Document does not
contain such
definition, the relevant
defined term in this
Agreement
shall
be defined by
reference
to
the
equivalent
term
used
in
the
Future
Document
and
if
no
such
equivalent
term
is
used,
shall
be
ignored
for
the
purposes
of this
Agreement. 


  

	 	(k)	
A
ny reference to any requirement for any person to accede to this Agreement shall
be
construed
as
a
reference
to
such
person
executing
and
delivering
to
the
Collateral
Agent
a
Creditor/Agent
Accession
Undertaking,
provided
that
notwithstanding
anything
to
the
contrary, a member of the Group shall only be required to accede to this Agreement
to the extent that the relevant member of the Group becoming an
Unsecured Guarantor
would
not
breach
any
applicable
law
or
present
material
risk
of
liability
for
any
member
of the Group and/or its officers or directors, or give rise to a material risk of breach
of
fiduciary
or statutory
duties. 


  

	 	(l)	
Any
 reference to a term, provision, action or step being agreed by the Company shall
be
construed
as
any
agreement
given
at
any
time
by
the
Company
in
its
discretion
which
refers to the applicable term, provision, action or step and the applicable provision
of
this
Agreement
for
which
such
agreement
applies. 


  

	 	(m)	
Nothing

in
this
Agreement
or
any
other
Debt
Document
shall
restrict
the
Company,
any
Party,
any
member
of
the
Group
(or
holding
company
or
Affiliate
thereof),
the
Creditors
(or
any
of
them)
agreeing
the
ranking
of
their
respective
claims
and
any
other
intercreditor
arrangements
among
themselves
in
documentation
separate
to
this
Agreement and entered into solely between such parties (or on their behalf by
an Agent). 



 

	1.3	 Third
Party
Rights 


  

	 	(a)	
Unless

expressly
provided
to
the
contrary
in
this
Agreement,
a
person
who
is
not
a
Party
has
no
right
under
the
Contracts
(Rights
of
Third
Parties)
Act
1999
(the
“Third
Parties
Rights
Act”)
to
enforce
or to
enjoy
the
benefit
of
any
term
of this
Agreement. 


  

	 	(b)	
Notwithstanding
 any term of this Agreement, the consent of any person who is not a
Party
is
not
required
to
rescind
or vary
this
Agreement
at
any
time. 


  

	1.4	 Creditor
Rights
prior
to
relevant
Debt
Issuance 


 To the extent that this Agreement grants rights for the benefit of any Secured Party, or
Unsecured Creditor, no such rights shall accrue or be enforceable against any other party prior
to
the
incurrence
of
the
relevant
indebtedness
with
respect
thereto in such capacity and
accession
to
this
Agreement
by
such
party
in
such
capacity. 

  
 13 













	1.5	 Personal
Liability 


 Where
any
natural
person
gives
a
certificate
or
other
document
or
otherwise
gives
a
representation
or
statement
on
behalf
of
any
of
the
parties
to
the
Debt
Documents
pursuant
to any
provision
thereof
and
such
certificate
or
other
document,
representation
or
statement
proves
to
be
incorrect,
the
individual
shall
incur
no
personal
liability
in
consequence
of
such
certificate,
other document, representation or statement being incorrect save where such individual acted
fraudulently in giving such certificate, other document, representation or statement (in which
case
any
liability
of
such
individual
shall
be
determined
in
accordance
with
applicable
law)
and
each
such
individual
may
rely
on
this
Clause
subject
to
Clause
1.3
(Third
Party
Rights)

and
the
provisions
of
the
Third
Parties
Rights
Act. 

 

	1.6	 Authority 


  

	 	(a)	
Each

Senior
Agent
is
entering
into
this
Agreement
in
its
individual
capacity
and
for
and
on
behalf
of
the
applicable
Senior
Secured
Creditors
pursuant
to
and
as
duly
authorised
by the relevant Senior Secured Finance Documents and, as such, the agreements
and obligations set out in this Agreement shall be binding on and
enforceable against such
Senior
Secured
Creditors. 


  

	 	(b)	
Each

Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
is
entering
into
this
Agreement
for
and
on
behalf
of
the
applicable Unsecured Creditors pursuant to and as duly authorised by the
relevant Unsecured Finance Documents and, as such, the agreements and
obligations set out in
this
Agreement
shall
be
binding
on
and
enforceable
against
such
Unsecured
Creditors. 


  

	1.7	 Termination 


 Unless otherwise notified by the Company in writing on or prior to the Final Discharge Date,
this
Agreement
shall
terminate
in
full
and
cease
to
have
any
further
effect
on
the
Final
Discharge
Date. 

 

	2.	 UNSECURED
CREDITORS 


  

	2.1	 Security:
Unsecured
Creditors 


 No Unsecured Creditor or Unsecured Notes Trustee will, unless the prior consent of the
Collateral
Agent
is
obtained,
take,
accept
or
receive
from
any
member
of
the
Group
the
benefit
of any Security in respect of any of the Liabilities owed to the Unsecured Creditors (or
applicable class thereof) or any Unsecured Notes Trustee, other than as permitted under the
Debt
Documents
(such
Security,
“Permitted
Security”
). 
  

	2.2	 Restriction
on
Enforcement:
Unsecured
Creditors 


 So long as any of the Senior Secured Liabilities are or may be outstanding, no Unsecured
Creditor
(or
any
representative
on
its
behalf)
shall
take
or
require
the
taking
of
any
Enforcement
Action against an Unsecured Guarantor in relation to the Unsecured Liabilities, except as
permitted
under
Clause
2.3
(Permitted
Enforcement:
Unsecured
Creditors).
 
  

	2.3	 Permitted
Enforcement:
Unsecured
Creditors 


  

	 	(a)	
Notwithstanding
 Clause 2.2
(Restrictions on Enforcement: Unsecured Creditors), an
Unsecured Creditor (or any representative on its behalf) may take any
Enforcement
Action
against
an
Unsecured
Guarantor
available
to
it
in
accordance
with
the
applicable
Unsecured Finance Documents, in respect of any of the Unsecured Liabilities owed
to
it
by
that
Unsecured
Guarantor
if
at
the
same
time
as,
or
prior
to,
that
action
the
relevant
Unsecured Notes Trustee has given notice to the Collateral Agent (the
“Unsecured
Enforcement
Notice”) specifying that a Unsecured Event of Default (save
and except arising pursuant to a breach of any provisions in the
relevant Unsecured Finance
Documents
relating
to
cross
default
(including
to
any
Senior
Secured
Finance
Document))
under
the
Unsecured
Finance
Documents
in
respect
of
which
it
is
acting
as
trustee
or agent
has
occurred
and
is
continuing
and: 



  
 14 













	 	(i)	
a
period
(a
“Standstill
Period”)

of
not
less
than: 


  

	 	(A)	
90
 days in the case
of
a failure to make
a payment
of
an amount
of
principal,
interest
or
fees
representing
the
Unsecured
Liabilities;
or 


  

	 	(B)	
150

days
in
the
case
of
any
other
Unsecured
Event
of
Default, 


 or, in relation to any Unsecured Liabilities, such longer period (if any) as
agreed between the Company (in its discretion) and the relevant Unsecured
Notes Trustee in relation to such Unsecured Liabilities and notified to the
Collateral Agent in each case which has elapsed from the date on which that
Unsecured
Enforcement
Notice
becomes
effective
in
accordance
with
Clause 

9.4

(Delivery);

and 

 

	 	(ii)	
that
 Unsecured Event of Default is continuing at the end of the Standstill
Period. 


  

	 	(b)	
To
 the extent permitted under applicable law, after the occurrence of an Insolvency
Event in respect of an Unsecured Guarantor, each Unsecured Creditor may
(unless
otherwise
directed
by
the
Collateral
Agent)
exercise
any
right
they
may
otherwise
have
against
that
Unsecured
Guarantor
to: 


  

	 	(i)	
accelerate
 any of that Unsecured Guarantor’s Unsecured Liabilities or
declare
them
prematurely
due
and
payable
or payable
on
demand; 


  

	 	(ii)	
make

a
demand
under
any
guarantee,
indemnity
or
other
assurance
against
loss
given
by
that
Unsecured
Guarantor
in
respect
of
any Unsecured Liabilities; 


  

	 	(iii)	
exercise

any
right
of
set–off
or
take
or
receive
any
Payment
or
claim
in
respect
of
any
Unsecured
Liabilities
of
that
Unsecured
Guarantor;
or 


  

	 	(iv)	
claim

and
prove
in
the
liquidation,
administration
or
other
insolvency
proceedings of that Unsecured Guarantor for the Unsecured Liabilities
owing
to
it. 


  

	2.4	 Payments
of
Unsecured
Liabilities 


 The Unsecured Creditors shall be permitted to receive Payments (other than any amounts paid
or otherwise realised by the Unsecured Creditors under or in connection with any enforcement
of any
Permitted
Security or any other amounts which
should
otherwise
be
received
or
recovered by the Collateral Agent for application in accordance with Clause 7
(Application
of
Proceeds))
 from any Unsecured Guarantor in respect of the Unsecured Liabilities at any time prior to an Event of Default, and no such Payment received by an Unsecured Creditor shall be
required
to
be
turned
over
in
accordance
with
Clause
4.1
(Turnover
by
the
Unsecured
Creditors),
 provided that no Unsecured Creditor shall be permitted to receive Payments from
any Unsecured Guarantor in respect of Unsecured Liabilities following the occurrence of an
Event
of
Default
(except
from distributions
made
(if
any)
in
accordance
with
Clause
7
(Application
of
Proceeds)).
 

  
 15 













	3.	 EFFECT
OF
INSOLVENCY
EVENT 


  

	3.1	 Payment
of
Distributions 


  

	 	(a)	
After

the
occurrence
of
an
Insolvency
Event,
any
Party
entitled
to
receive
a
distribution
out of the assets of an Unsecured Guarantor in respect of Liabilities owed to that
Party shall, to the extent it is able to do so, direct the person
responsible for the distribution
of
the
assets
of
that
member
of
the
Group
to
pay
that
distribution
to
the
Collateral
Agent
until
the
Liabilities
owing
to
the
Secured
Parties
have
been
paid
in
full. 


  

	 	(b)	
The
 Collateral Agent shall apply distributions paid to it under paragraph
(a) above
in accordance with
Section 9.03 (Application of Funds) of the Senior Credit Agreement
or
otherwise
as
required
by
the
Senior
Secured
Finance
Documents. 


  

	3.2	 Set-Off 



To the extent
that any Unsecured Guarantor’s Liabilities are discharged by way of set-off
(mandatory or otherwise) after the occurrence of an Insolvency Event, any Creditor which
benefited from that set-off shall pay an amount equal to the amount
of the Liabilities owed to it
which
are
discharged
by
that
set-off
to
the
Collateral
Agent
for
application
in
accordance
with
Section 9.03
 (Application of Funds) of the Senior Credit Agreement or otherwise as required
by
the
Senior
Secured
Finance
Documents. 

 

	3.3	 Filing
of
Claims 


 After the
occurrence
of an Insolvency
Event
in
respect
of
a
Unsecured
Guarantor,
each
Unsecured Creditor irrevocably authorises the Collateral Agent (acting in accordance with
Clause
3.5
(Collateral Agent
Instructions) and with express faculty of self-contracting, sub-
empowering
or
multiple
representation),
on
its
behalf,
to: 

 

	 	(a)	
take

any
Enforcement
Action
(in
accordance
with
the
terms
of
this
Agreement)
against
that
member of the
Group; 


  

	 	(b)	
demand,
 sue, prove and give receipt for any or all of that member of the
Group’s
Unsecured
Liabilities; 


  

	 	(c)	
collect
 and receive all distributions on, or on account of, any or all of that member of
the
Group’s

Unsecured
Liabilities;
and 


  

	 	(d)	
file
 claims, take proceedings and do all other things the Collateral Agent considers
reasonably
necessary
to
recover
that
member
of
the
Group’s

Unsecured
Liabilities. 


  

	3.4	 Unsecured
Creditors’
Actions 


 Each
Unsecured
Creditor
(or
the
applicable
Agent
on
their
behalf)
will: 

 

	 	(a)	
do
 all things that the Collateral Agent (acting in accordance with Clause 3.5
(Collateral
Agent
Instructions))
reasonably
requests
in
order
to
give
effect
to
this
Clause
3.4
(Effect
of
Insolvency
Event);
and 


  

	 	(b)	
if
 the Collateral Agent is not entitled to take any of the actions contemplated by this
Clause 3.4
(Effect of Insolvency
Event) or if the Collateral Agent (acting in accordance with Clause 3.5
(Collateral Agent
Instructions)) requests that an Unsecured Creditor take that action, undertake that action itself in accordance with the instructions of
the Collateral Agent (acting in accordance with Clause 3.5
(Collateral Agent
Instructions))
or grant a power of attorney to the Collateral Agent (on such terms as the
Collateral
Agent
(acting in accordance with
Clause
3.5
(Collateral
Agent
Instructions))
may reasonably require, although no Unsecured Notes Trustee shall be
under any obligation
to
grant
such
powers
of
attorney)
to
enable
the
Collateral
Agent
to
take
such
action. 


  

	3.5	 Collateral
Agent
Instructions 



  
 16 













For

the
purposes
of
Clause
3.3
(Filing
of
Claims)

and
Clause
3.4
(Creditors’

Actions),

the
Collateral
Agent
shall
act: 

 

	 	(a)	
on
 the instructions of the applicable group of Senior Secured Creditors entitled, at that
time,
to
give
instructions
under
the
applicable
Senior
Secured
Finance
Documents;
and 


  

	 	(b)	
in
 the absence of any such instructions, as the Collateral Agent sees fit (which may
include
taking
no
action). 


  

	3.6	 Limitation by Applicable
Laws 



Each

of
the
provisions
of
this
Clause
3
(Effect
of
Insolvency
Event)

shall
apply
only
to
the
extent
permitted
by
applicable
laws. 

 

	4.	 TURNOVER
OF
RECEIPTS 


  

	4.1	 Turnover
by
the
Unsecured
Creditors 


 Subject
to
Clause
2.4
(Payments
of
Unsecured
Liabilities),

if
at
any
time
prior
to
the
Final
Discharge
Date
any
Unsecured
Creditor
receives
or
recovers
from
any
Unsecured
Guarantor: 

 

	 	(a)	
any
 Payment or distribution of, or on account of or in relation to, any of the Liabilities
other than
any
Payment
or
distribution
which
is
either: 


  

	 	(i)	
not

prohibited
by
the terms
of
this
Agreement;
or 


  

	 	(ii)	
made

in
accordance
with
Clause
7
(Application
of
Proceeds); 



 

	 	(b)	
other
 than where Clause 3.2
(Set-Off) applies, any amount by way of set-off in
respect of any of the Liabilities owed to it where such Payment is not
otherwise permitted by
the
Debt
Documents; 


  

	 	(c)	
notwithstanding
 paragraphs (a) and
(b) above, and other than where Clause
3.2
(Set-
Off)
applies,
any
amount: 


  

	 	(i)	
on

account
of,
or
in
relation
to,
any
of
the
Unsecured
Liabilities: 


  

	 	(A)	
after

the
occurrence
of a
Distress
Event;
or 


  

	 	(B)	
as
 a
result
of
any
other
litigation
or
proceedings against
an
Unsecured
Guarantor
(other
than
after
the
occurrence
of
an
Insolvency
Event);
or 


  

	 	(ii)	
by

way
of
set-off in
respect
of
any
of
the
Unsecured
Liabilities
owed
to
it
after
the
occurrence
of
a
Distress
Event, 


 other
than,
in
each
case,
any
amount
received
or
recovered
in
accordance
with
Clause
7
(Application
of
Proceeds);

or 

 

	 	(d)	
the
 proceeds of any enforcement of any Permitted Security except in accordance with
Clause
7
(Application
of
Proceeds);
or 


  

	 	(e)	
other
 than where Clause 3.2
(Set-Off) applies, any distribution in cash or in kind or
Payment of, or on account of or in relation to, any of the Liabilities owed by
any
Unsecured
Guarantor
which
is
not
in
accordance
with
Clause
7
(Application
of
Proceeds) and which is made as a result of, or after, the
occurrence of an Insolvency
Event
in
respect
of
a
Unsecured
Guarantor, 



  
 17 













that

Unsecured
Creditor
will: 

 

	 	(i)	
in
 relation to receipts and recoveries not received or recovered by way of set-
off: 


  

	 	(A)	
hold
 an
amount of
that
receipt
or recovery equal to the Relevant
Liabilities
(or
if
less,
the
amount
received
or
recovered)
on
trust
for
(or
otherwise on behalf and for the account of) the Collateral Agent and
promptly pay or distribute that amount to the Collateral Agent for
application
in
accordance
with
the
terms
of this
Agreement;
and 


  

	 	(B)	
promptly
 pay or distribute an amount equal to the amount (if any) by which the
receipt or recovery exceeds the Relevant Liabilities to the Collateral
Agent for application in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement;
and 


  

	 	(ii)	
in
 relation to receipts and recoveries received or recovered by way of set-off,
promptly pay an amount equal to that recovery to the Collateral Agent
for
application
in
accordance
with
the
terms
of this
Agreement. 


  

	4.2	 Sums
received
by
Unsecured
Guarantors 


 If any Unsecured Guarantor receives or recovers any sum which, under the terms of any of the
Debt
Documents,
should
have
been
paid
to
the
Collateral
Agent,
that
Unsecured
Guarantor
will: 

 

	 	(a)	
hold
 an amount of that receipt or recovery equal to the Relevant Liabilities (or, if less,
the amount received or recovered) on trust for (or otherwise on behalf and for
the account of) the Collateral Agent and promptly pay that amount to
the Collateral Agent
for
application
in
accordance
with
the
terms
of this
Agreement;
and 


  

	 	(b)	
promptly
 pay an amount equal to the amount (if any) by which the receipt or recovery
exceeds the Relevant Liabilities to the Collateral Agent for application in
accordance
with
the
terms
of this
Agreement. 


  

	4.3	 Saving Provision 



If, for any
reason, any of the trusts expressed to be created in this Clause 4 should fail or
be
unenforceable, the affected Creditor or Unsecured Guarantor will promptly pay an amount
equal to that receipt or recovery to the Collateral Agent to be held on trust by the Collateral
Agent
for
application
in
accordance
with
the
terms
of
this
Agreement. 

 

	5.	 REDISTRIBUTION 


  

	5.1	 Recovering
Unsecured
Creditors’
Rights 


  

	 	(a)	
Any

amount
paid
by
an
Unsecured
Creditor
(a
“Recovering
Creditor”)

to
the
Collateral Agent under Clause 2.4
(Effect of Insolvency
Event) or Clause 4
(Turnover
of Receipts) shall be treated as having been paid by the
relevant Unsecured Guarantor to the Collateral Agent and distributed to
the Collateral Agent, the Senior Agent and Senior Secured Creditors
(each, a “Sharing
Creditor”) in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement. 



 

	 	(b)	
On
 a distribution by the Collateral Agent under paragraph (a) above
of a Payment
received
by
a
Recovering
Creditor
from
a Unsecured
Guarantor,
an
amount
equal
to
the
amount received or recovered by the Recovering Creditor and paid to the
Collateral Agent (the
“Shared
Amount”) will be treated to the extent permitted by law
(and
excluding,
for
the
avoidance
of
doubt,
where
any
such
treatment,
increase
and/or indemnity would result in a breach of any applicable financial
assistance rules and/or would be contrary to corporate benefit
principles) as not having been paid to the Recovering
Creditor
by
that
Unsecured
Guarantor. 



  
 18 













	5.2	 Reversal
of
Redistribution 


  

	 	(a)	
If
 any part of the Shared Amount received or recovered by a Recovering Creditor
becomes
repayable
to
a
Unsecured
Guarantor
then: 


  

	 	(i)	
each
 Sharing Creditor shall (subject in the case of Unsecured Notes Trustee
Amounts to paragraphs
(a) and
(c) of Clause
12.1
(Liability)),
 upon request of
the
Collateral
Agent,
pay to the Collateral
Agent
for the
account
of that
Recovering Creditor an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of
the Shared Amount (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse
that Recovering Creditor for its proportion of any interest on the
Shared Amount
which
that
Recovering
Creditor
is
required
to
pay)
(the
“Redistributed
Amount”);
 and 



 

	 	(ii)	
as

between
the
relevant
Unsecured
Guarantor
and
each
relevant
Sharing
Creditor,
an
amount
equal
to
the
relevant
Redistributed
Amount will
be
treated
as
not
having
been
paid
to
the
Collateral
Agent
by
that
Unsecured
Guarantor. 


  

	 	(b)	
The
 Collateral Agent shall not be obliged to pay any Redistributed Amount to a
Recovering Creditor under paragraph
(a) above until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that Redistributed Amount from the
relevant
Sharing
Creditor. 


  

	6.	 DISTRESSED
DISPOSALS
AND
DISPOSAL PROCEEDS 


  

	6.1	 Distressed
Disposals 


  

	 	(a)	
I
f
a
Distressed
Disposal
of
any
asset
is
being
effected,
the
Collateral
Agent
is
irrevocably
authorised
(at
the
reasonable
cost
of
the
relevant
member
of
the
Group
and
the Company and, to the maximum extent allowed by applicable law, without
any further consent, sanction, authority or further confirmation or
instruction from any
Agent,
Creditor,
Secured
Party
or
member
of the
Group): 


  

	 	(i)	 release of
Security: to release the Transaction Security, Permitted Security
or
any
other
claim
over
that
asset
and
execute
and
deliver
or
enter
into
any
release
of that Transaction Security, Permitted Security or claim and issue any
letters or any consent to dealing that may, in the discretion of the
Security Agent, be
considered
necessary
or desirable; 


  

	 	(ii)	
release
 of liabilities and Security on a share sale (Unsecured Guarantor):
if
the
asset
which
is
disposed
of
consists
of
shares
in
the
capital
of
an
Unsecured
Guarantor,
to
release: 


  

	 	(A)	
that

Unsecured
Guarantor
and
any
of
its
Subsidiaries
that
are
Unsecured
Guarantors
from
all
or
any
part
of
its
Unsecured
Liabilities; 


  

	 	(B)	
any

Security
granted
by
that
Unsecured
Guarantor
or
any
of
its
Subsidiaries that are Unsecured Guarantors over any of its assets in
respect
of the
Unsecured
Liabilities
or;
and 



  
 19 













	 	(C)	
any
 other claim of another Unsecured Guarantor over that Unsecured
Guarantor’s
 assets or over the assets of any of its Subsidiaries that are
Unsecured
Guarantors, 


 on
behalf
of
the
relevant
Agents,
Creditors
and
Unsecured
Guarantors; 

 

	 	(iii)	
release
 of liabilities and Security on a share sale (holding company): if
the asset which is disposed of consists of shares in the capital of any
holding
company
of a
Unsecured
Guarantor,
to
release: 


  

	 	(A)	
that

holding
company
(to
the
extent
it
is
an
Unsecured Guarantor),
any
Unsecured
Guarantor
that
is
a
Subsidiary
of
that
holding
company
and
any of its Subsidiaries that are Unsecured Guarantors from all or any
part
of its
Unsecured
Liabilities; 


  

	 	(B)	
any
 Security granted by that holding company (to the extent it is an
Unsecured Guarantor), any Unsecured Guarantor that is a Subsidiary
of
that
holding
company
and any
of
its
Subsidiaries
that
are
Unsecured
Guarantors
over
any
of
its
assets
in
respect
of
the
Unsecured
Liabilities;
and 


  

	 	(C)	
any
 other claim of an Unsecured Guarantor over the assets of that holding
company and any Subsidiary of that holding company that is
an
Unsecured
Guarantor, 


 on
behalf
of
the
relevant
Agents,
Creditors
and
Unsecured
Guarantors;
and 

 

	 	(iv)	
d
isposal
of
liabilities
on
a
share
sale:
if
the
asset
which
is
disposed
of
consists
of shares in the capital of a Unsecured Guarantor or the holding company of
a Unsecured Guarantor and the Collateral Agent decides to dispose of
all or any part of the Liabilities owed by that Unsecured Guarantor or
holding company or any Subsidiary of that Unsecured Guarantor or
holding company which, in
each
case,
is
an
Unsecured
Guarantor: 


  

	 	(A)	
(if
 the Collateral Agent (acting in accordance with the relevant Senior
Secured Finance Documents) does not intend that any transferee of
those
Liabilities
(the
“Transferee”
)
will
be
treated
as
a
Senior
Secured
Creditor or a Secured Party for the purposes of this Agreement), to
execute
and
deliver
or
enter
into
any
agreement
to
dispose
of
all
or
part
of the Unsecured Liabilities provided that notwithstanding any other
provision of any Debt Document the Transferee shall not be treated as
a Senior Secured Creditor or a Secured Party for the purposes of this
Agreement;
and 


  

	 	(B)	
(if
 the Collateral Agent (acting in accordance with the relevant Senior
Secured Finance Documents) does intend that any Transferee will be
treated
as
a
Senior
Secured
Creditor
or
a
Secured
Party
for
the
purposes
of this Agreement), to execute and deliver or enter into any agreement
to
dispose
of: 


  

	 	(1)	
a
ll
(and
not
part
only)
of
the
Liabilities
owed
to
the
Senior
Secured
Creditors;
and 


  

	 	(2)	
all

or
part
of
any
Unsecured
Liabilities, 



  
 20 













on
behalf
of,
in
each
case,
the
relevant
Agents,
Creditors
and
Unsecured
Guarantors. 

 

	 	(b)	
The
 net proceeds of each Distressed Disposal (or a disposal of Unsecured Liabilities
pursuant
to
paragraph
(a)(iv)
above)
shall
be
paid
to
the
Collateral
Agent
for
application
in accordance with Clause 7
(Application of
Proceeds) as if those proceeds were the proceeds of an enforcement of the Transaction Security and may be made in whole or
in
part
for
consideration
in
the
form
of cash
or non-cash consideration. 


  

	 	(c)	
If
 before the Final Discharge Date a Distressed Disposal (or a disposal of Unsecured
Liabilities pursuant to paragraph (a)(iv) above) is being effected and the Collateral
Agent has taken action or made a determination in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement such that the Liabilities will be released under
paragraph (a) above, it is
a further condition to the release that where shares or assets of a
Unsecured Guarantor
are
sold: 


  

	 	(i)	
the

proceeds
of
such
sale
or
disposal
are
in
cash
(or
substantially
in
cash)
and/or
other marketable securities or, if the proceeds of such sale or disposal are
not
in
cash
(or
substantially
in
cash)
and/or
other
marketable
securities,
the
requirements of paragraph
(iv) below
are satisfied applied in relation thereto; and 


  

	 	(ii)	
all
 claims of the Creditors (other than in relation to performance bonds or
guarantees
or
similar
instruments
issued
by
a
Senior
Secured
Creditor
on
behalf
of
a
member
of
the
Group)
against
a
member
of
the
Group
(if
any)
all
of
whose
shares (other than any minority interest not owned by members of the
Group)
are
pledged
in
favour
of
the
Secured
Parties
or
any
Unsecured
Creditor
and
are
being
sold
or
disposed
of
pursuant
to
such
Enforcement
Action,
are
unconditionally released and discharged or sold or disposed of
concurrently with such sale (and are not assumed by the purchaser or
one of its Affiliates), and all Security under the Security Documents
and any Permitted Security in
respect
of
the
assets
that
are
sold
or
disposed
of
is
simultaneously
and
unconditionally
released
and
discharged
concurrently
with
such
sale,
provided
that
in
the
event
of
a
sale
or
disposal
of
any
such
claim
(instead
of
a
release
or
discharge)
where
the
Senior
Secured
Creditors
and
the
Senior
Agent: 


  

	 	(A)	
determine
 acting reasonably and in good faith that the Senior Secured
Creditors
will
recover
more
than
if
such
claim
was
released
or
discharged
but
is
nevertheless
less
than
the
outstanding
Senior
Secured
Liabilities;
and 


  

	 	(B)	
serve

a
notice
on
the
Collateral
Agent
notifying
the
Collateral
Agent
of
the
same, 


 in which case the Collateral Agent shall be entitled immediately to sell and
transfer
such
claim
to
such
purchaser
(or
an
affiliate
of
such
purchaser)
and
the
consideration
for
such
sale
or
transfer
may
be
in
the
form
of
non-cash
consideration
by
way
of
the
Senior
Secured
Creditors
bidding
by
an
appropriate
mechanic
all
or
part
of
the
Senior
Secured
Liabilities
(such
that
the
Senior Secured Liabilities would, on completion, be discharged to the extent
of an amount equal to the amount of the offer made by the relevant Senior
Secured
Creditors);
and 

 

	 	(iii)	
in
 the case of a sale or disposal (including any sale or disposal of any claim)
effected by or at the request of the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent
shall
take
reasonable
care
to
obtain
a
fair
market
price
in
the
prevailing
market
conditions
(although
the
Collateral
Agent
shall
not
have
any
obligation
to
postpone
any
such
sale
or disposal
in
order
to
achieve
a
higher
price);
and 



  
 21 













	 	(iv)	
such

sale
or
disposal
(including
any
sale
or
disposal
of
any
claim)
is
made: 



 

	 	(A)	
pursuant

to
a
Competitive
Sales
Process; 


  

	 	(B)	
that
 sale or disposal is made pursuant to any process or proceedings
approved,
sanctioned
or
supervised
by
or
on
behalf
of
any
court
of
law; 


  

	 	(C)	
where

an
internationally
recognised
investment
bank,
firm
of
accountants
or
third
party
professional
firm
which
is
regularly
engaged
in providing valuations in respect of the relevant type and size of the
assets concerned, in each case selected by the Collateral Agent (acting
in accordance with the relevant Senior Secured Finance Documents),
has delivered an opinion (including an enterprise valuation of the
Group which can be relied upon by the Collateral Agent and disclosed
to the Creditors on a non-reliance basis) in respect of such sale
or disposal that the amount received in connection therewith is fair
from
a
financial
point
of
view
taking
into
account
all
relevant
circumstances
including
the
method
of
enforcement
provided
that
the
liability
of
such
investment bank or internationally recognised firm of accountants or
third
party
professional
firm
(as
applicable)
in
giving
such
opinion
may
be
limited
to
the
amount
of
its
fees
in
respect
of
such
engagement. 


  

	6.2	 Unsecured
Creditors’
and
Unsecured
Guarantors’
Actions 


 Each Unsecured Creditor and in relation to Clause 6.1
(Distressed
Disposals), Unsecured
Guarantor will: 

 

	 	(a)	
do

all
things
that
the
Collateral
Agent
reasonably
requests
in
order
to
give
effect
to
this
Clause 6
(which shall include, without limitation, the execution of any
assignments, transfers, releases, delegation of faculties, powers of
attorney or other documents that the Collateral Agent may reasonably
consider to be necessary to give effect to the releases or
disposals
contemplated
by
this
Clause
6);
and 


  

	 	(b)	
if
 the Collateral Agent is not entitled to take any of the actions contemplated by this
Clause 6
or if the Collateral Agent requests that any Unsecured Creditor or
Unsecured
Guarantor
take
any
such
action,
take
that
action
itself
in
accordance
with
the
reasonable
instructions
of the
Collateral
Agent, 


 provided that
the proceeds of those disposals are applied in accordance with Clause 6.1
(Distressed
Disposals).
 
  

	7.	 APPLICATION
OF
PROCEEDS 


 All amounts from time to time received or recovered by the Collateral Agent following the
occurrence of a Distress Event or Insolvency Event, any proceeds of, or arising from, any of
the Charged Property, in connection with the realisation or enforcement of any other Security
which is not Transaction Security (including Permitted Security) or following turnover by or
on behalf of an Unsecured Creditor in accordance with this Agreement shall be applied by the
Collateral
Agent
in
accordance
with
the
Senior
Secured
Finance
Documents. 

  
 22 













	8.	 CHANGES
TO
THE
PARTIES 


  

	8.1	 Assignments
and
Transfers 


 No Party may assign any of its rights and benefits or transfer any of its rights, benefits and
obligations in respect of any Debt Documents or the Liabilities except as permitted by this
Clause
8.
 
  

	8.2	 Change
of
Senior
Agent 


 No person shall become a Senior Agent unless, at the same time, it accedes to this Agreement
in
such
capacity
pursuant
to
Clause
8.4
(Creditor/Agent
Accession
Undertaking).
 
  

	8.3	 Change
of
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee 


 No
person
shall
become
an
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
unless,
at
the
same
time,
it
accedes
to
this
Agreement
in
such
capacity
pursuant
to
Clause
8.4
(Creditor/Agent
Accession
Undertaking).
 
  

	8.4	 Creditor/Agent
Accession
Undertaking 


 With effect from the date of acceptance by the Collateral Agent of a Creditor/Agent Accession
Undertaking
duly
executed
and
delivered
to
the
Collateral
Agent
by
the
relevant
acceding
party
or,
if
later,
the
date
specified
in
that
Creditor/Agent
Accession
Undertaking: 

 

	 	(a)	
any
 Party ceasing entirely to be a Creditor or Agent shall be discharged from further
obligations towards the Collateral Agent and other Parties under this Agreement
and their respective rights against one another shall be cancelled
(except in each case for
those
rights
which
arose
prior to
that
date);
and 


  

	 	(b)	
as
 from that date, the replacement or new Creditor or Agent shall assume the same
obligations
and
become
entitled
to
the
same
rights,
as
if
it
had
been
an
original
Party
in
that
capacity, 


 and each other Party irrevocably authorises and instructs the Collateral Agent to execute on its
behalf any Creditor/Agent Accession Undertaking which has been duly completed and signed
on
behalf of
that
person. 

 

	8.5	 Additional
Parties 


  

Each of the
other Parties instructs and appoints the Collateral Agent to receive on its behalf each
Creditor/Agent
Accession
Undertaking
delivered
to
the
Collateral
Agent
and
the
Collateral Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it, sign and accept
the
same
if
it
appears
on
its
face
to
have
been
completed,
executed
and,
where
applicable,
delivered
in the form contemplated by this Agreement or, where applicable, by the applicable Senior
Secured
Finance
Documents. 

 

	9.	 NOTICES 


  

	9.1	 Communications
in
Writing 


 Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement shall be made in
writing
and,
unless
otherwise
stated,
may
be
made
by
electronic
mail
or
letter. 

 

	9.2	 Collateral
Agent’s

Communications
with
Secured
Creditors 


 The
Collateral
Agent
shall
be
entitled
to
carry
out
all
dealings
with
the
Senior
Secured
Creditors
through
the
applicable
Senior
Agent
and
may
give
to
the
applicable
Senior
Agent
any
notice
or
other
communication
required
to
be
given
by
the
Collateral
Agent
to
a
Senior
Secured
Creditor. 

  
 23 













	9.3	
A
ddresses 


 The
address
(and
the
department
or
officer,
if
any,
for
whose
attention
the
communication
is
to
be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or
in
connection
with
this
Agreement
shall
be
as
follows: 

 

	 	(a)	
in

the
case
of
any
person
which
is
a
Party
on
the
date
of
this
Agreement,
that
identified
with
its
signature
below;
and 


  

	 	(b)	
in
 the case of each other Party, that notified in writing to the Collateral Agent on or
prior
to
the
date
on
which
it
becomes
a
Party, 


 or any electronic mail address or department or officer which that Party may notify to the
Collateral Agent (or the Collateral Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made
by
the
Collateral
Agent)
by
not
less
than
five
Business
Days’

notice. 

 

	9.4	 Delivery 


  

	 	(a)	
Any

communication
or
document
made or
delivered
by
one
person
to
another
under
or
in
connection
with
this
Agreement
will
only
be
effective: 


  

	 	(i)	
if

by
way
of
electronic
mail, when
received
in
legible form;
or 


  

	 	(ii)	
if

by
way
of
letter,
when
it
has
been
left
at
the
relevant
address
or
five
Business
Days
after
being
deposited
in
the
post,
postage
prepaid,
in
an
envelope
addressed
to
it
at
that
address, 


 and,
if
a
particular
department
or
officer
is
specified
as
part
of
its
address
details
provided
under
Clause
9.3
(Addresses),

if
addressed
to
that
department
or
officer. 

 

	 	(b)	
Any
 communication or document to be made or delivered to the Collateral Agent will
be effective only when actually received by it and then only if it is expressly
marked for the attention of the department or officer identified in
Clause 9.3
(Addresses)
 (or any substitute department or officer as the Collateral Agent shall
specify for this purpose). 



 

	9.5	 Notification
of
Address
and
Electronic Mail
Address 


 Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and electronic mail address or change of
address or electronic mail address pursuant to Clause 9.3
(Addresses)
 or changing its own
address
or
electronic
mail
address,
the
Collateral
Agent
shall
notify
the
other
Parties. 

 

	9.6	
E
lectronic
Communication 


  

	 	(a)	
A
ny communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement may
be
made
by
electronic
mail
or
other
electronic
means,
if
the
Parties: 


  

	 	(i)	
agree
 that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted
form
of
communication
(with
such
agreement
to
be
deemed
to
be
given
by
each
person
which
is a Party
unless otherwise
notified
to the
contrary by the
Collateral
Agent and
the
Company); 


  

	 	(ii)	
notify
 each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other
information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by
that
means;
and 


  

	 	(iii)	
notify
 each other of any change to their address or any other such information
supplied
by
them. 



  
 24 













	 	(b)	
Any
 electronic communication made between the Parties will be effective only when
actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic
communication made by a Party to the Collateral Agent only if it is
addressed in such a manner as the Collateral Agent
shall
specify
for
this
purpose. 


  

	9.7	 English
Language 


  

	 	(a)	
Any

notice
given
under
or
in
connection
with
this
Agreement
must
be
in
English. 


  

	 	(b)	
A
ll
other
documents
provided
under
or
in
connection
with
this
Agreement
must
be: 


  

	 	(i)	
i
n
English;
or 


  

	 	(ii)	
if
 not in English, and if so required by the Collateral Agent, accompanied by a
certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will
prevail
unless the
document
is a constitutional,
statutory or other official
document. 


  

	9.8	 Notices
to
all
Creditors 


  

	 	(a)	
Where
 any request for a consent, amendment or waiver which requires the consent of
all the Parties or any class of creditors (or percentage of such class) (as the case
may
be)
is
received
by
an
Agent
from
the
Company,
the
relevant
Agent
shall
provide
notice
of
such
request
to
such
Parties
or the
relevant
class
of Creditors
at
the
same
time. 


  

	 	(b)	
Where

an
instruction
is
required
by
an
Agent
from
a
class
of
Creditors
(or
a
percentage
of such class), notice of such instruction shall be provided to each Creditor in
the
relevant
class
at
the
same
time. 


  

	10.	 PRESERVATION 


  

	10.1	 Partial
Invalidity 


 If, at any time, any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable
in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or
enforceability
of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of that provision under
the
law
of
any
other
jurisdiction
will
in
any
way
be
affected
or
impaired. 

 

	10.2	 No
Impairment 


  

	 	(a)	
If,

at
any time
after its date, any provision
of a
Debt
Document
(including this
Agreement) is not binding on or enforceable in accordance with its terms against
a person expressed to be a party to that Debt Document, neither the
binding nature nor
the
enforceability
of
that
provision
nor
any
other
provision
of
that
Debt Document
will
be
impaired
as
against
the
other
party(ies)
to
that
Debt
Document. 


  

	 	(b)	
Each

Party
expressly
acknowledges
and
agrees
that
any
right
to
any
payment,
indemnity or otherwise under any Debt Document shall not (by reason only of
such right) delay, condition or restrict any obligation in this
Agreement to act promptly as otherwise required in relation to any
step, action or document required to be taken or entered
into
hereunder. 


  

	10.3	 Remedies
and
Waivers 


  

	 	(a)	 No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Party, any right or remedy under this Agreement
shall operate
as
a
waiver,
nor
shall
any
single
or
partial
exercise
of
any
right
or
remedy
prevent
any
further
or
other
exercise
or
the
exercise
of
any
other
right
or
remedy.
The
rights
and
remedies
provided
in
this
Agreement
are
cumulative
and
not
exclusive
of
any
rights
or
remedies
provided
by
law. 



  
 25 













	 	(b)	
Each
 Party expressly acknowledges and agrees that any right to any payment, fee,
indemnity,
amount
or
otherwise
under
any
Debt
Document
shall
not
(by
reason
only
of
such
right)
delay,
condition
or
restrict
any
obligation
in
this
Agreement
to
act
promptly
as otherwise required in relation to any step, action or document required to be
taken
or
entered
into
hereunder. 


  

	11.	 CONSENTS,
AMENDMENTS
AND
OVERRIDE 


  

	11.1	 Amendments 



 

	 	(a)	
This

Agreement
may
be
amended
by
the
Agents
then
party
hereto
(in
each
case,
acting
in
accordance
with
the
terms
of
the
applicable
Finance
Document)
and
the
Company. 


  

	 	(b)	
Notwithstanding
 anything to the contrary in the Debt Documents, a Creditor may
unilaterally waive, relinquish or otherwise irrevocably give up all or any of its
rights
under
any
Debt
Document
with
the
consent
of
the
Company. 


  

	11.2	 Agreement
to
Override 


  

	 	(a)	
Unless

expressly
stated
otherwise
in
this
Agreement,
this
Agreement
overrides
anything
in
any
other Debt
Document. 


  

	 	(b)	
Notwithstanding

paragraph
(a), above,
this
Agreement
shall
not
override
the
provisions
of any agreement between any Senior Secured Creditors with respect to
subordination
or
other
intercreditor
relationship
matters
between
such
Senior
Secured
Creditors. 


  

	12.	 UNSECURED
NOTES
TRUSTEE 


  

	12.1	 Liability 


  

	 	(a)	
It

is
expressly
understood
and
agreed
by
the
Parties
that
this
Agreement
is
executed
and
delivered by any Unsecured Notes Trustee not individually or personally but solely
in its capacity as trustee in the exercise of the powers and authority
conferred and vested in
it under
the
relevant
Unsecured
Finance
Documents for and
on behalf of the
Unsecured
Creditors
only
for
which
any
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
acts
as
trustee
and
it
shall have no liability for acting for itself or in any capacity other than as trustee
and nothing in this Agreement shall impose on it any obligation to pay
any amount out of
its
personal
assets.
Notwithstanding
any
other
provision
of
this
Agreement,
its
obligations hereunder (if any) to make any payment of any amount or to hold
any
amount
on
trust
(or
otherwise)
shall
be
only
to
make
payment
of
such
amount
to
or
hold
any
such
amount
on
trust
(or otherwise)
to
the
extent
that: 


  

	 	(i)	
it

has
received
written
notice
that
such
obligation
has
arisen;
and 


  

	 	(ii)	
it
 has received and, on the date on which it acquires such written notice, has
not
distributed to the
Unsecured Creditors for
which it acts as trustee
in
accordance with the relevant Unsecured Finance Documents (in relation
to
which
it
is
trustee) any
such
amount. 



  
 26 













	 	(b)	
It
 is further understood and agreed by the Parties that in no case shall any Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
be: 


  

	 	(i)	
personally
 responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to any other
party
for
any
loss,
damage or
claim
incurred
by
reason
of
any
act
or
omission
performed
or
omitted
by
any
Unsecured
Notes Trustee
in
good
faith
in
accordance with this Agreement or any of Unsecured Finance Documents in
a manner that any Unsecured Notes Trustee believed to be within the
scope of
the
authority
conferred
on
it
by
this
Agreement
or
any
of
the
Unsecured
Finance
Documents
or by
law;
or 


  

	 	(ii)	
personally
 liable for or on account of any of the statements, representations,
warranties, covenants or obligations stated to be those of any other Party,
all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the Parties and
any person
claiming
by,
through
or under
such
Party, 


 provided that
any Unsecured Notes Trustee shall be personally liable under this
Agreement
for
its
own
gross
negligence
or
wilful
misconduct. 

It is also
acknowledged and agreed that any Unsecured Notes Trustee shall not have any
responsibility
for
the
actions
of
any
individual
Unsecured
Creditor
(save
in
respect
of
its
own
actions). 

 

	 	(c)	
T
he Parties acknowledge and agree that any Unsecured Notes Trustee shall not
be charged with knowledge or existence of facts that would impose an
obligation on it hereunder to make any payment or prohibit it from
making any payment unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the
date of such payment, a Responsible Officer of any Unsecured Notes
Trustee receives written notice satisfactory to it that such
payments
are
required
or
prohibited
by
this
Agreement. 


  

	 	(d)	
Any

Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
is
not
responsible for
the
appointment or
for
monitoring
the
performance
of the
Collateral
Agent. 


  

	 	(e)	
The
 Collateral Agent agrees and acknowledges that it shall have no claim against any
Unsecured Notes Trustee in respect of any fees, costs, expenses and liabilities due
and
payable
to,
or
incurred
by,
the Collateral
Agent. 


  

	 	(f)	
The

Original
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
is
entering
into
this
Agreement
as
an
Unsecured
Notes Trustee not in its individual capacity but strictly in its capacity as the
trustee under the Unsecured Notes Indenture, and in entering into this
Agreement and acting
hereunder,
shall
be
entitled
to
all
the
rights,
protections,
indemnifications,
and
immunities
granted
to
the
notes
collateral
agent
under the
Indenture. 


  

	 	(g)	
Notwithstanding
 anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, and for the
avoidance
of doubt,
the
obligations of
the
Original
Unsecured
Notes Trustee
to
indemnify,
compensate
or
reimburse
any
party
under
the
terms
of
this
Agreement,
shall
be
(i) 
an
obligation
solely in its
capacity as
trustee
under
the
Unsecured
Notes
Indenture; (ii) limited solely to the funds available to it under
the Unsecured Notes
Indenture
at
any
point
in time;
(iii) 
limited
solely
to the
scope
of
it’s
 direction hereunder; and
(iv) not applicable in the event of the gross negligence or
willful misconduct any party hereto. The obligation of the Original
Unsecured Notes Trustee
to
indemnify,
or
reimburse
or
pay
any
amounts,
under
the
terms
of
this
Agreement
shall
not be an obligation of the Original Unsecured Notes Trustee, in its individual
or
corporate
capacity. 


  

	 	(h)	
The

Original
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee shall
not
have
any
duty
to
take
any
discretionary
action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and
powers
expressly
contemplated
by
the
Unsecured
Notes
Indenture
that
it
as
an
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee is required to exercise as directed in writing by the required holders
pursuant to
Section 6.05 of the Unsecured Notes Indenture; provided the Original
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
shall
be
entitled
to
refrain
from
any
act
or
the
taking
of
any
action 



  
 27 













hereunder or
from the exercise of any power or authority vested in it hereunder or thereunder unless and until it, as an Unsecured Notes Trustee shall have received
instructions
from
the
required
holders
pursuant
to
Section 6.05

of
the
Unsecured
Notes
Indenture and, if the Original Unsecured Notes Trustee deems necessary, satisfactory
indemnity,
and
shall
not
be
liable
for
any
such
delay
in
acting.
The
Original
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
shall
not
be
required
to
take
any
action
that,
in
its
opinion
or
the
opinion
of its counsel, may expose it to liability or that is contrary to any the Unsecured Notes
Indenture or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may
be in violation of the automatic stay under any bankruptcy or insolvency law. For
purposes of clarity, phrases such as “satisfactory
 to”,
 “approved
 by”,
 “acceptable
 to”,

“as
 determined
by”,
 “in
 the discretion
of”,
 “selected
 by”,
 “requested
 by” the
 Original
Unsecured
Notes Trustee
and
phrases of similar
import
authorize
and
permit
the
Original Unsecured Notes Trustee to approve, disapprove, determine, act or decline to
act
in
its
discretion. 

 

	12.2	 No
Action 


  

	 	(a)	
N
otwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Unsecured Notes
Trustee shall not have any obligation to take any action under this
Agreement unless it is indemnified and/or secured and/or prefunded to
its satisfaction in respect of all costs, expenses, losses and
liabilities which it would in its opinion incur (together with any
associated
VAT).
Any
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
shall
not
have
an
obligation to
indemnify
(out
of
its
personal
assets)
any
other
person,
whether
or
not
a
Party,
in
respect
of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In no event shall
the permissive
rights
of
a
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
to
take
action
under
this
Agreement
be
construed
as
an
obligation
to
do
so. 


  

	 	(b)	
Prior
 to taking any action under this Agreement any Unsecured Notes Trustee may
request and rely upon an opinion of counsel or opinion of another qualified expert,
at
the
expense
of the
Company. 


  

	 	(c)	
Notwithstanding
 any other provisions of this Agreement or any other
Unsecured
Finance Document to which any Unsecured Notes Trustee is a party to, in no
event
shall
any
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
be
liable
for
special,
indirect,
punitive
or
consequential loss or damages of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited
to, loss of business, goodwill, opportunity or profits) whether or not
foreseeable even if
any
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee has
been
advised
of
the
likelihood
of
such
loss
or
damage
and
regardless
of
whether
the
claim
for
loss
or
damage
is
made
in
negligence,
for
breach
of
contract
or otherwise. 


  

	12.3	 Reliance
on
Certificates 


 Any Unsecured Notes Trustee shall at all times be entitled to and may rely on any notice,
consent or certificate given or granted by any Party without being under any obligation to
enquire or otherwise determine whether any such notice, consent or certificate has been given
or
granted
by
such
Party
properly
acting
in
accordance
with
the
provisions
of
this
Agreement. 

 

	12.4	 No
Fiduciary
Duty 


 Any Unsecured Notes Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to any Creditor
(save in respect of such persons for whom it acts as trustee) and shall not be personally liable
to any Creditor if it shall in good faith mistakenly pay over or distribute to any Creditor or to
any other person cash, property or securities to which any other Creditor shall be entitled by
virtue of this Agreement or otherwise. With respect to the Creditors, any Unsecured Notes
Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants or obligations as are
specifically
set
forth
in
the
Unsecured
Finance
Documents
pursuant
to
which
it
acts
as
trustee and this Agreement and no implied agreement, covenants or obligations with respect to the
other
Creditors
shall
be
read
into
this
Agreement
against
any
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee. 

  
 28 













	12.5	 Debt
Assumptions 


  

	 	(a)	
Each

Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
is
entitled
to
assume
that
in
respect
of
the
Senior
Secured
Liabilities
and
the
Unsecured
Liabilities: 


  

	 	(i)	
no

Default
has
occurred; 


  

	 	(ii)	
none

of
the
Senior
Secured
Liabilities
or
Unsecured
Liabilities
have
been
accelerated; 


  

	 	(iii)	
no

Event
of
Default
or
termination
event
(however
described)
has
occurred;
and 


  

	 	(iv)	
the

Final
Discharge
Date
has
not
occurred, 


 unless
a
Responsible
Officer
of
any
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
has
received
written
notice
to
the
contrary. 

 

	 	(b)	
No

Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
is
obliged
to
monitor
or
enquire
whether
any
Event
of
Default
has
occurred. 


  

	12.6	 Unsecured
Creditors 


 In acting pursuant to this Agreement and the relevant Unsecured Finance Documents, no
Unsecured Notes Trustee is required to have any regard to the interests of any Creditor other
than
the
Unsecured
Creditors
for
which
it
is
any
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee. 

 

	12.7	 Claims
of
Collateral
Agent 


 The
Collateral
Agent
agrees
and
acknowledges
that
it
shall
have
no
claim
against
any
Unsecured Notes Trustee in respect of any fees, costs, expenses and liabilities due and payable
to,
or
incurred
by,
the
Collateral
Agent. 

 

	12.8	 Reliance
and
Advice 


 Each
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee may: 

 

	 	(a)	
rely

on
any
notice
or
document
believed
by
it
to
be
genuine
and
correct
and
to
have
been
signed
by,
or with
the
authority
of,
the
proper person; 


  

	 	(b)	
rely

on
any
statement
made
by
any
person
regarding
any
matters
which
may
be
assumed
to
be
within
its
knowledge
or within
its
powers
to
verify;
and 


  

	 	(c)	
engage,

pay
for
and
rely
on
professional
advisers
selected
by
it
(including
those
representing
a
person
other
than
any
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee). 


  

	12.9
	 Provisions
Survive
Termination 


 The
provisions
of
this
Clause
12
shall
survive
any
termination
of
this
Agreement. 

  
 29 













	12.10	 Other
Parties
Not
Affected 


 No provision of this Clause
12
shall alter or change the rights and obligations as between the
other Parties in respect of each other. This Clause 12
is intended to afford protection to any
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee only. 

 

	12.11	 Instructions 


 In acting under this Agreement, each Unsecured Notes Trustee is entitled to seek instructions
from the Unsecured Creditors for which it acts as trustee at any time and, where it acts on the
instructions
of
such
Unsecured
Creditors,
the
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
shall
not
incur
any
cost,
loss
or
liability
to
any
person
for
so
acting.
No
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
is
liable
to
any
person
for any cost, loss or liability suffered as a result of any delay caused as a result of it
seeking
instructions
from
the
Unsecured
Creditors
for
which
it
acts
as
trustee. 

 

	12.12	 Responsibility
of
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee 


  

	 	(a)	
No
 Unsecured Notes Trustee shall be responsible to any Senior Secured Creditor or
Unsecured Creditor for the legality, validity, effectiveness, enforceability,
adequacy,
accuracy,
completeness
or performance
of: 


  

	 	(i)	
any

Finance
Document
or
any
other
document; 


  

	 	(ii)	
any

statement
or
information
(whether
written
or
oral)
made
in
or
supplied
in
connection
with
any
Finance
Document
or
any
other
document;
or 


  

	 	(iii)	
any

observance
by
any
Unsecured
Guarantor
of
its
obligations
under
any
Unsecured
Finance
Document
or
any
other
document. 


  

	 	(b)	
Each
 Unsecured Notes Trustee may rely, and shall be fully protected in acting or
refraining from acting upon, any notice, certificate or other document
reasonably
believed
by
it
to
be
genuine
and
correct
and
to
have
been
signed
by,
or
with
the
authority
of,
the
proper person. 


  

	12.13	 Disclosure of
Information 


 The Company irrevocably authorises any Unsecured Notes Trustee to disclose to any Senior
Secured Creditor and Unsecured Creditor any information that is received by any Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
in
its
capacity
as
any
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee. 

 

	12.14	 Resignation
of Unsecured
Notes
Trustee 


 Any Unsecured Notes Trustee may resign or be removed in accordance with the terms of the
applicable Unsecured Finance Documents, provided that
a replacement Unsecured Notes
Trustee agrees with the Parties to become the replacement trustee under this Agreement in
accordance
with
Clause
8.3
(Change
of
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee). 

 

	12.15	 Agents 


 An
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee
may act through its attorneys and
agents
and
shall
not
be
responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care
by
it
hereunder. 

 

	12.16	 No
Requirement for
Bond
or
Surety 


 No Unsecured Notes Trustee shall be required to give any bond or surety with respect to the
performance
of
its
duties
or
the
exercise
of
its
powers
under
this
Agreement. 

  
 30 













	13.	 SENIOR
AGENT 


  

	13.1	 Liability 


  

	 	(a)	
It

is
expressly
understood
and
agreed
by
the
Parties
that
this
Agreement
is
executed
and
delivered by any Senior Agent not individually or personally but solely in its
capacity
as
agent
in
the
exercise
of
the
powers
and
authority
conferred
and
vested
in
it
under
the
relevant Senior Secured Finance Documents for and on behalf of the Senior
Secured Creditors only for which any Senior Agent acts as agent and it
shall have no liability
for
acting
for
itself
or
in
any
capacity
other
than
as
agent
and
nothing
in
this
Agreement
shall
impose
on
it
any
obligation to
pay any
amount
out
of its personal
assets.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, its obligations hereunder
(if any) to make any payment of any amount or to hold any amount for
the benefit of the
relevant
Senior
Secured
Creditors
(or
otherwise)
shall
be
only
to
make
payment
of
such
amount to or hold any such amount for the benefit of the relevant Senior
Secured
Creditors
(or otherwise) to
the
extent
that: 


  

	 	(i)	
it

has
received
written
notice
that
such
obligation
has
arisen;
and 


  

	 	(ii)	
it
 has received and, on the date on which it acquires such written notice, has
not distributed to the Senior Secured Creditors for which it acts as agent
in
accordance
with
the
relevant
Senior
Secured
Finance
Documents
(in
relation
to
which
it
is
agent)
any
such
amount. 


  

	 	(b)	
It

is
further
understood
and
agreed
by
the
Parties
that
in
no
case
shall
any
Senior
Agent
be: 


  

	 	(i)	
personally
 responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to any other party
for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission
performed
or
omitted
by
any
Senior
Agent
in
good
faith
in
accordance
with
this
Agreement or any of Senior Secured Finance Documents in a manner that
any
Senior
Agent
believed
to
be
within
the
scope
of
the
authority
conferred
on
it
by
this
Agreement
or
any
of
the
Senior
Secured
Finance
Documents
or
by
law;
or 


  

	 	(ii)	
personally
 liable for or on account of any of the statements, representations,
warranties, covenants or obligations stated to be those of any other Party,
all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the Parties and
any person
claiming
by,
through
or under
such
Party, 


 provided
that
any
Senior
Agent
shall
be
personally
liable
under
this
Agreement
for
its
own
gross
negligence
or
wilful
misconduct. 

It
is
also
acknowledged
and
agreed
that
any
Senior
Agent
shall
not
have
any
responsibility
for
the
actions
of
any
individual
Senior
Secured
Creditor
(save
in
respect
of
its
own
actions). 

 

	 	(c)	
The
 Parties acknowledge and agree that any Senior Agent shall not be charged with
knowledge or existence of facts that would impose an obligation on it hereunder
to make any payment or prohibit it from making any payment unless, not
less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a
Responsible Officer of any Senior Agent receives written notice
satisfactory to it that such payments are required or
prohibited
by
this
Agreement. 


  

	 	(d)	
Any

Senior
Agent
is not
responsible
for
the
appointment
or
for
monitoring
the
performance
of the
Collateral
Agent. 



  
 31 













	 	(e)	
The
 Collateral Agent agrees and acknowledges that it shall have no claim against any
Senior Agent in respect of any fees, costs, expenses and liabilities due and payable
to,
or
incurred
by,
the
Collateral
Agent. 


  

	 	(f)	
The
 Original Senior Agent is entering into this Agreement as a Senior Agent not in its
individual capacity but strictly in its capacity as the agent or trustee for the
Senior Secured Creditors under the Senior Secured Finance Documents,
and in entering into this Agreement and acting hereunder, shall be
entitled to all the rights, protections, indemnifications,
and
immunities
granted
to
the
Administrative
Agent
and/or
Collateral
Agent,
as
applicable,
under
the
Senior
Secured
Finance
Documents. 


  

	 	(g)	
Notwithstanding
 anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, and for the
avoidance
of
doubt,
the
obligations
of
the
Original
Senior
Agent
to
indemnify,
compensate or reimburse any party under the terms of this Agreement, shall be
(i) an
obligation
solely
in
its
capacity
as
agent
under
the
Senior
Secured
Finance
Documents;
(ii) limited
solely to the
funds
available
to it
under the
Senior Secured
Finance
Documents at any point in time; (iii) limited solely to the scope
of it’s
direction hereunder; and
(iv) not applicable in the event of the gross negligence or
willful
misconduct
any
party
hereto.
The
obligation
of
the
Original
Senior
Agent
to
indemnify,
or reimburse or pay any amounts, under the terms of this Agreement shall not be
an
obligation
of the
Original
Senior
Agent,
in
its
individual
or
corporate
capacity. 


 The Original Senior Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or
exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly
contemplated by the Senior Secured Debt Documents that it as a Senior Agent is
required
to
exercise;
provided
the
Original
Senior
Agent
shall
be
entitled
to
refrain
from
any act or the taking of any action hereunder or from the exercise of any power or
authority vested in it hereunder or thereunder, if the Original Senior Agent deems
necessary, it has received satisfactory indemnity, and shall not be liable for any such
delay
in
acting.
The
Original
Senior
Agent
shall
not
be
required
to
take
any
action
that,
in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose it to liability or that is contrary
to
any
the
Senior
Secured
Debt
Documents
or
applicable
law,
including for
the
avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any
bankruptcy
or
insolvency
law.
For
purposes
of
clarity,
phrases
such
as
“satisfactory

to”
,
“approved
 by”,
 “acceptable
 to”,
 “as
 determined
by”,
 “in
 the discretion
of”,
 “selected

by”
,
“requested
 by” the
 Original Senior Agent and phrases of similar import authorize and
permit
the
Original
Senior
Agent
to
approve,
disapprove,
determine,
act
or
decline
to
act
in
its
discretion. 

 

	13.2	 No
Action 


  

	 	(a)	
Notwithstanding
 any other provision of this Agreement, any Senior Agent shall not have
any obligation to take any action under this Agreement unless it is indemnified
and/or secured and/or prefunded to its satisfaction in respect of all costs,
expenses, losses and liabilities which it would in its opinion incur
(together with any associated VAT). Any Senior Agent shall not have an
obligation to indemnify (out of its personal assets) any other person,
whether or not a Party, in respect of any of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement. In no event shall the permissive rights of a
Senior
Agent
to
take
action
under
this
Agreement
be
construed
as
an
obligation
to
do
so. 


  

	 	(b)	
Prior

to
taking
any
action
under
this
Agreement
any
Senior
Agent
may
request
and
rely
upon an opinion of counsel or opinion of another qualified expert, at the
reasonable
expense
of the
Company. 



  
 32 













	 	(c)	
Notwithstanding
 any other provisions of this Agreement or any Senior Secured Debt
Document
to
which
the
relevant
Senior
Agent is
a
party
to,
in
no
event
shall
any
Senior Agent be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential
loss or damages of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to,
loss of business, goodwill, opportunity or profits) whether or not
foreseeable even if any Senior Agent has been advised of the
likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of whether the claim for loss
or
damage
is
made
in
negligence,
for breach
of
contract
or
otherwise. 


  

	13.3	 Reliance
on
Certificates 


 Any Senior Agent shall at all times be entitled to and may rely on any notice, consent or
certificate given or granted by any Party without being under any obligation to enquire or
otherwise determine whether any such notice, consent or certificate has been given or granted
by
such
Party
properly
acting
in
accordance
with
the
provisions
of
this
Agreement. 

 

	13.4	 No
Fiduciary
Duty 


 No Senior Agent shall be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to any Creditor and shall not be
personally
liable
to
any
Creditor
if
it
shall
in
good
faith
mistakenly
pay
over
or
distribute
to
any
Creditor
or
to
any
other
person
cash,
property
or
securities
to
which
any
other
Creditor
shall
be
entitled by virtue of this Agreement or otherwise. With respect to the Creditors, any Senior
Agent undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants or obligations as are
specifically set forth in the Senior Secured Debt Documents pursuant to which it acts as agent
and this Agreement and no implied agreement, covenants or obligations with respect to the
other
Creditors
shall
be
read
into
this
Agreement
against
any
Senior Agent. 

 

	13.5	 Debt
Assumptions 


  

	 	(a)	
Each

Senior
Agent
is
entitled
to
assume
that
in
respect
of
the
Senior
Secured
Liabilities
and
the
Unsecured
Liabilities: 


  

	 	(i)	
no

Default
has
occurred; 


  

	 	(ii)	
none

of
the
Senior
Secured
Liabilities or
Unsecured
Liabilities have
been
accelerated; 


  

	 	(iii)	
n
o
Event
of
Default
or
termination
event
(however
described)
has
occurred;
and 


  

	 	(iv)    the	 Final Discharge Date has not
occurred, 


  

	 	unless
	
it

has
received
written
notice
to
the
contrary. 


  

	 	(b)	
No

Senior
Agent
is
obliged
to
monitor
or
enquire
whether
any
Event
of
Default
has
occurred. 


  

	13.6	 Senior
Secured
Creditors 


 In acting pursuant to this Agreement and the relevant Senior Secured Finance Documents, no
Senior
Agent
is
required
to
have
any
regard
to
the
interests
of
any
Creditor
other
than
the
Senior
Secured
Creditors
for
which
it
is
Senior Agent. 

 

	13.7	 Claims
of
Collateral
Agent 


 The Collateral Agent agrees and acknowledges that it shall have no claim against any Senior
Agent in respect of any fees, costs, expenses and liabilities due and payable to, or incurred by,
the
Collateral
Agent. 

  
 33 













	13.8	
R
eliance
and
Advice 


 Each
Senior
Agent
may: 

 

	 	(a)	
rely
 on any notice or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have
been
signed
by,
or with
the
authority
of,
the
proper person; 


  

	 	(b)	
rely

on
any
statement
made
by
any
person
regarding
any
matters
which
may
be
assumed
to
be
within
its
knowledge
or within
its
powers
to
verify;
and 


  

	 	(c)	
engage,
 pay for and rely on
professional advisers selected by
it (including
those
representing
a
person
other than
any
Senior Agent). 


  

	13.9	 Provisions
Survive
Termination 


 The
provisions
of
this
Clause
13
shall
survive
any
termination
of
this
Agreement. 

 

	13.10	 Other
Parties
Not
Affected 


 No provision of this Clause
13
shall alter or change the rights and obligations as between the
other Parties in respect of each other. This Clause 13
is intended to afford protection to any
Senior
Agent
only. 

 

	13.11	 Instructions 


 In acting under this Agreement, each Senior Agent is entitled to seek instructions from the
Senior Secured Creditors for which it acts as agent at any time and, where it acts on the
instructions
of
such
Senior
Secured
Creditors,
the
Senior
Agent
shall
not
incur
any
cost,
loss
or
liability to any person for so acting. No Senior Agent is liable to any person for any cost, loss
or
liability
suffered
as
a
result
of
any
delay
caused
as
a
result
of
it
seeking
instructions
from
the
Senior
Secured
Creditors
for
which
it
acts
as
agent. 

 

	13.12	 Responsibility
of Senior
Agent 


  

	 	(a)	
No
 Senior Agent shall be responsible to any Senior Secured Creditor or Unsecured
Creditor for the legality, validity, effectiveness, enforceability, adequacy,
accuracy,
completeness
or performance
of: 


  

	 	(i)	
any

Finance
Document
or
any
other
document; 


  

	 	(ii)	
any

statement
or
information
(whether
written
or
oral)
made
in
or
supplied
in
connection
with
any Finance
Document
or
any
other
document;
or 


  

	 	(iii)	
any

observance
by
any
Senior
Secured
Creditor
of
its
obligations
under
any
Senior
Secured
Finance
Document
or
any
other
document. 


  

	 	(b)	
Each
 Senior Agent may rely, and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from
acting upon, any notice, certificate or other document reasonably believed by it to
be genuine and correct and to have been signed by, or with the
authority of, the proper person. 



 

	13.13	 Disclosure
of
Information 


 The Company irrevocably authorises any Senior Agent to disclose to any Senior Secured
Creditor and Unsecured Creditor any information that is received by any Senior Agent in its
capacity
as
any
Senior Agent. 

  
 34 













	13.14	 Resignation
of
Senior
Agent 


 Any Senior Agent may resign or be removed in accordance with the terms of the applicable
Senior
Secured
Finance
Document,
provided
that
a
replacement
Senior
Agent
agrees
with
the
Parties to become the replacement trustee under this Agreement in accordance with Clause 8.2
(Change
of
Senior
Agent).
 
  

	13.15	 Agents 


 A Senior Agent may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the
misconduct
or
negligence
of
any
attorney
or
agent
appointed
with
due
care
by
it
hereunder. 

 

	13.16	 No
Requirement for
Bond
or
Surety 


 No Senior Agent shall be required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance
of
its
duties
or
the
exercise
of
its
powers
under
this
Agreement. 

 

	14.	 COUNTERPARTS 



This
Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, including in electornic .pdf format
and
this
has
the
same
effect
as
if
the
signatures
on
the
counterparts
were
on
a
single
copy
of
this
Agreement. 

 

	15.	 ELECTRONIC
SIGNATURES 



This
Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed
to
be
an
original
and
all
of
which
when
taken
together
shall
constitute
one
and
the
same
instrument. Any signature (including, without limitation, (x) any electronic symbol or
process
attached
to,
or
associated
with,
a
contract
or
other
record
and
adopted
by
a
person
with
the
intent
to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record and (y) any facsimile, E-pencil or .pdf
signature)
hereto
through
electronic
means,
shall
have
the
same
legal
validity
and
enforceability
as a manually executed signature or use of a paper-based record-keeping system to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing also applies to
any amendment, extension or renewal of this Agreement. The words “execution,
”
“signed,
”
“signature,
”
“delivery,
” and
 words of like import in or relating to this Agreement or any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, the
Notes, direction or any Officer’s
 Certificate) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, including without limitation, digital signature provided by DocuSign (or such other digital
signature
provider
as
specified
in
writing
to
the
relevant
Agent
by
the
authorized
representative), each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a
manually executed signature. The Company agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of
using digital signatures and electronic methods to submit communications to the relevant
Agent, including without limitation the risk of the relevant Agent acting on unauthorized
instructions,
and
the
risk
of
interception
and
misuse
by
third
parties. 

 

	16.	 GOVERNING
LAW 


 This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection
with it are
governed
by
English
law. 

 

	17.	 ENFORCEMENT 


  

	17.1	 Jurisdiction 


  

	 	(a)	
The

courts
of
England
have
exclusive
jurisdiction
to
settle
any
dispute
arising
out
of
or
in connection with this Agreement
(including
a dispute
relating to the existence,
validity
or
termination
of
this
Agreement
or
the
consequences
of
its
nullity
or
any
non-
contractual
obligation
arising
out
of
or
in
connection
with
this
Agreement)
(a
“Dispute”
). 



  
 35 













	 	(b)	
The
 Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient
courts
to
settle
Disputes
and
accordingly
no
Party
will
argue
to
the
contrary. 


  

	17.2	 Service
of
Process 


  

	 	(a)	
Without
 prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the
Company
(unless
incorporated
in
England
and
Wales): 


  

	 	(i)	
irrevocably
 appoints APi Group Holdco UK Limited as its agent for service of process in relation to any
proceedings
before
the
English
courts
in
connection
with
this
Agreement;
and 


  

	 	(ii)	
agrees

that
failure
by
a
process
agent
to
notify
the
Company
of
the
process
will
not
invalidate
the
proceedings
concerned. 


  

	 	(b)	 If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason
to
act
as
agent
for
service
of
process,
the
Company
must
promptly
(and
in
any
event
within
10 Business Days of such event taking place) notify the Senior Agents and
appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Collateral Agent.
Failing this, the Collateral
Agent
may
appoint
another agent
for this
purpose. 


  

	18.	 CONTRACTUAL
RECOGNITION
OF
BAIL-IN 



Notwithstanding

any
other
term
of
any
Finance
Document
or
any
other
agreement,
arrangement
or
understanding
between
the
Parties,
each
Party
acknowledges
and
accepts
that
any
liability
of
any
Party
to
any
other
Party
under
or
in
connection
with
the
Finance
Documents
may
be
subject
to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and
acknowledges and accepts to be bound
by
the
effect
of: 

 

	 	(a)	
any
 Bail-In
Action
in
relation
to
any
such
liability,
including
(without
limitation): 


  

	 	(i)	
a
reduction,
in
full
or
in
part,
in
the
principal
amount,
or
outstanding
amount
due
(including
any
accrued
but
unpaid
interest)
in
respect
of
any
such
liability; 


  

	 	(ii)	
a
conversion
of
all,
or
part
of,
any
such
liability
into
shares
or
other
instruments
of
ownership
that
may
be
issued
to,
or
conferred
on,
it;
and 


  

	 	(iii)	
a
cancellation
of
any
such
liability;
and 


  

	 	(b)	
a variation
 of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect
to
any
Bail-In Action
in
relation
to
any
such
liability. 


 For
the
purposes
of
this
clause: 

“Article
55
BRRD”

means
Article
55
of
Directive
2014/59/EU
establishing
a
framework
for
the
recovery
and
resolution
of
credit
institutions
and
investment
firms. 

“Bail-In
Action”

means
the exercise
of
any
Write-down
and
Conversion
Powers.
“Bail-In
Legislation”

means: 

  
 36 













	 	(a)	
in
 relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time
implements,
Article
55
BRRD,
the
relevant
implementing
law
or
regulation
as
described
in
the
EU
Bail-In Legislation
Schedule
from
time
to
time; 


  

	 	(b)	
in

relation
to
the
United
Kingdom,
the
UK
Bail-In Legislation; and 


  

	 	(c)	
in
 relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country and the United
Kingdom,
any
analogous
law
or
regulation
from
time
to
time
which
requires
contractual
recognition of
any Write-down
and
Conversion
Powers
contained in that law or
regulation. 


 “EEA

Member
Country”

means
any
member
state
of
the
European
Union,
Iceland,
Liechtenstein
and
Norway. 

“EU
Bail-In
Legislation
Schedule”

means
the
document
described
as
such
and
published
by
the
Loan
Market
Association
(or
any
successor
person)
from
time
to
time. 

“Resolution Authority” means
 any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion
Powers. 

“UK Bail-In Legislation” means
 Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound
or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (otherwise
than
through
liquidation,
administration
or
other
insolvency
proceedings). 

“Write-down
and
Conversion
Powers”
 means: 

 

	 	(a)	
i
n relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation
Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to
that Bail-In Legislation
in
the
EU
Bail-In Legislation
Schedule;
and 


  

	 	(b)	
in

relation
to
the
UK
Bail-In Legislation,
any
powers
under
that
UK
Bail-In Legislation
to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment
firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment
firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or
change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or
instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of
that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person,
to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if
a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in
respect of that liability or any of the powers
under
that
UK
Bail-In Legislation
that
are
related
to
or
ancillary
to
any
of
those
powers. 


 THIS AGREEMENT
has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement and
executed
as
a
deed
by
the
Parties
thereto
and
is
intended
to
be
and
is
delivered
by
them
as
a
deed
on
the
date
specified
above
and
shall
take
effect
as
a
deed. 

  
 37 













SCHEDULE 1

 Form of
Creditor/Agent
Accession
Undertaking 
 To:
[Insert full name of current Collateral Agent] for itself and each of the other parties to the
Intercreditor
Agreement
referred
to
below. 

[To:
[Insert full name of current Senior Agent] as Senior Agent.]
From:
[Acceding
Creditor/Agent] 

This Undertaking is made on [date] by [insert full name of applicable party (the “Acceding
 Party”)

in
relation
to
the
intercreditor
agreement
(the
“Intercreditor
Agreement”
)
dated
[
•]
between,
amongst
others,
[•] as Company,
[•] as Collateral Agent,
[•] as Senior Agent and the other Creditors and the
(each as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement). Terms defined in the Intercreditor Agreement
shall,
unless
otherwise
defined
in
this
Undertaking,
bear
the
same
meanings
when
used
in
this
Undertaking. 

In consideration of the
Acceding Party being accepted as a [insert applicable defined terms
and
capacity]
for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Acceding Party confirms that, as from [date
], it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a [insert applicable defined terms and
capacity]
and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed
by
a
[insert
applicable
defined
terms
and
capacity]

and
agrees
that
it
shall
be
bound
by
all
the
provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the
Intercreditor
Agreement. 

The
Acceding
Party
expressly
ratifies
and
approves
any
and
all
acts
done
by
the
Collateral
Agent
on
its
behalf
prior
to
execution
by
the
Acceding
Party
of
this
[Creditor/Agent]
Accession
Undertaking. 

This Undertaking
and
any
non-contractual
obligations
arising
out
of
or
in
connection
with
it
are
governed
by
English
law. 

THIS
UNDERTAKING
has
been
entered
into
as
delivered
on
the
date
stated
above. 

Acceding
[Creditor/Agent] 

[Executed
as
a
Deed] 

[insert full name
of
Acceding    )
 
 Creditor/Agent]
) By: 

 

					
	 Address:

	  		  	
	 Accepted
by
the
Collateral
Agent 
	  	) 	  	
	 for
and
on
behalf
of 
	  	)	  	Signed:
	 [Insert
full
name
of
current
Collateral Agent
] 
	  	)	  	Date:
	 [Accepted
by
the
Senior
Agent] 
	  	) 	  	
	 for
and
on
behalf
of 
	  	
)

	  	 Signed

	 [Insert
full
name
of
Senior
Agent] 
	  	)	  	Date]


  
 38 













SIGNATURE
PAGES
TO
THE
INTERCREDITOR
AGREEMENT 
 The Company 
 For
and
on
behalf
of 

API
GROUP
CORPORATION
as
the
Company 

.........................................................................
 

Name: Kevin Krumm 

Title: Executive Vice
President and  

Chief Financial
Officer 
  

			
	Address:    	  	APi Group Corporation, 1100 Old Highway Eight NW, New Brighton, MN 55112
	Email:	  	
andrea.fike@apigroup.us;
andy.cebulla@apigroup.us
	Attention:	  	General Counsel and Secretary, Andrea Fike, Esq. Corporate
Controller, Andy Cebulla
	Copy to:	  	Kane Kessler, P.C., 600 Third Avenue, 35th Floor, New York, New York 10017
	Email:	  	Rlawrence@kanekessler.com; Mhollander@kanekessler.com
	Attention:	  	Robert
L.
Lawrence,
Esq
and
Mitchell
D. Hollander,
Esq.













The
Original
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee 
 For
and
on
behalf
of 

COMPUTERSHARE
TRUST
COMPANY,
N.A.
as
the
Original
Unsecured
Notes
Trustee 

.........................................................................
 

Name:
 
 Title: 

Address:
 
 Email:
 
 Attention: 

Copy to:
 
 Attention: 












The
Original
Senior
Agent 
 For
and
on
behalf
of 

CITIBANK,
N.A.
as
the
Original
Senior
Agent 

.........................................................................
 

Name: 

Title: 
  

			
	Address:	  	Citibank Delaware, 1615 Brett Road OPS III New Castle, DE
	19720Email:	  	[ ⚫ ]
	Attention:	  	[
⚫ ]


The
Collateral
Agent 
 For
and
on
behalf
of 

CITIBANK,
N.A.
as
the
Original
Senior
Agent 

.........................................................................
 

Name: 

Title: 
  

			
	Address:	  	Citibank
Delaware,
1615
Brett
Road
OPS
III
New
Castle,
DE
	19720 Email:	  	[ ⚫
]
	Attention:	  	[
⚫ ]